2022 ILX
Owner’s Manual
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 0 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Acura upon vehicle start up.
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
NOTICE
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 1 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to Acura at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc., Acura Client Relations, Mail Stop CHI-4, 1919
Torrance Blvd., Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.acuralink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
To learn more about how we collect and use Personal
Information, please read our Privacy Policy, accessible
at www.acura.com.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 2 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
●
Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
●
Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3
and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
●
Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
●
Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
●
Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don't follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don't follow
instructions.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 3 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
The Navigation Manual is available online at owners.acura.com
(U.S.) or acura.ca (Canada). If you are the first registered owner
of your vehicle, you may request a complimentary printed
copy of the Navigation Manual within the first six months of
vehicle purchase. To request a copy, visit owners.acura.com. In
Canada, please request a copy from your Acura dealer.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 29
For Safe Driving P. 30 Seat Belts P. 34 Airbags P. 41
2 Instrument Panel P. 71
Indicators P. 72 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 92
2 Controls P. 109
Clock P. 110 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 112
Moonroof P. 138
Adjusting the Seats P. 158
2 Features P. 179
Audio System P. 180 Audio System Basic Operation P. 187, 210
Customized Features P. 310, 316 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 342
2 Driving P. 425
Before Driving P. 426 Towing a Trailer P. 431
Parking Your Vehicle P. 503 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 508
2 Maintenance P. 515
Before Performing Maintenance P. 516 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 519
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 540
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 554 Cleaning P. 555
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 563
Tools P. 564 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 565
Overheating P. 594 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 596
2 Information P. 605
Specifications P. 606 Identification Numbers P. 608
Warranty Coverages P. 613 Authorized Manuals P. 616
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 4 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Contents
Child Safety P. 56 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69 Safety Labels P. 70
Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 128 Security System P. 132 Windows P. 135
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 139 Mirrors P. 156
Interior Convenience Items P. 168 Climate Control System P. 175
Audio Error Messages P. 280 General Information on the Audio System P. 291
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 345, 374 AcuraLink®
*
P. 416
When Driving P. 432 AcuraWatch
TM
P. 452 Braking P. 499
Refueling P. 510 Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 513
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 524 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 535
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 542 Battery P. 551 Remote Transmitter Care P. 552
Accessories and Modifications P. 561
Engine Does Not Start P. 587 If the Battery Is Dead P. 590 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 593
Fuses P. 600 Emergency Towing P. 603
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 609 Reporting Safety Defects P. 610 Emissions Testing P. 611
Client Service Information P. 617
Quick Reference Guide
P. 6
Safe Driving
P. 29
Instrument Panel
P. 71
Controls
P. 109
Features
P. 179
Driving
P. 425
Maintenance
P. 515
Handling the Unexpected
P. 563
Information
P. 605
Index
P. 621
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 5 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
6
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 6 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
7
Quick Reference Guide
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 7 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 8 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
9
Quick Reference Guide
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 9 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Visual Index
10
Quick Reference Guide
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 10 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving
(P29)
Airbags
(P41)
●
Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety
(P56)
●
All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
●
Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
●
Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard
(P69)
●
Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist
(P33)
●
Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Seat Belts
(P34)
●
Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
●
Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 11 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel
(P71)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 12 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Controls
(P109)
Clock
(P110)
a
Press the CLOCK (AUX) button until the
displayed time begins flashing.
b
Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute)
to set the time. Press Preset
(6 (Reset)
to set the time to the nearest hour.
c
Press the CLOCK button again to set
the time.
a
Enter the Clock Adjustment screen.
2 Adjusting the Clock (P110)
b
Rotate to change hour, then move
.
c
Rotate to change minute, then
press .
Models with one display
Models with two displays
The clock is automatically updated through
the audio system.
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
(P139)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Models with navigation system
Turn Signals
(P142)
Lights
(P143)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 13 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Wipers and Washers
(P150)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low Sensitivity
*1
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
(+: High Sensitivity
*1
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies
automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
●
Cleaning the windshield
●
Driving through a car wash
●
No rain present
Steering Wheel
(P153)
●
To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
toward you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P125)
●
Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 14 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Trunk
(P128)
•
Pull the trunk opener on the lower left of
the driver’s seat to unlock and open the
trunk.
•
Press the trunk release button on the
remote to unlock and open the trunk.
•
Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid to unlock and open the trunk.
Trunk Opener
Power Door Mirrors
(P157)
●
With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
●
Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows
(P135)
●
With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger's window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
●
If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 15 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System
(P175)
●
Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
●
Press the button to turn the system on or off.
●
Press the button to defrost the windshield.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 16 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Features
(P179)
Audio System
(P180)
(P187)
Models with one display
Audio/Information Screen
Selector Knob
VOL / (Volume/Power) Knob
CD Button
CD Slot
(CD Eject) Button
Preset Buttons
SETUP Button
PHONE Button DISPLAY Button
A.SEL (Auto Select) Button
SKIP Bar
AUX Button
BACK Button
SCAN Button
FM Button
AM Button
FOLDER Bar
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 17 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
18
Quick Reference Guide
For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual
(P210)
*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.
Models with two displays
Information Screen
Audio Menu
(CD Eject) Button
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
BACK Button
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU
Button)
INFO Button
On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
PHONE Button
(Tune Down) Icon
*1
Source
(Day/Night) Button
Tune
*1
CD Slot
(Information) Icon
Preset Icons
*1
(Tune Up) Icon
*1
Stations
*1
SCAN
*1
SMARTPHONE Button
SETTINGS Button
NAV Button
*
HD Radio List
*, *1
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 18 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Audio Remote Controls
(P185)
●
VOL (Volume) Button
Press / to adjust the volume up/
down.
●
MODE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/CD/AUX.
Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/
SiriusXM®/CD/HDD
*
/USB/iPod/Apple
CarPlay/Android Auto/Bluetooth® Audio/
Pandora®
*
/AUX
CH Button
MODE Button
VOL Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
●
CH (Channel) Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/HDD
*
/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 19 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Driving
(P425)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 20 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
21
Quick Reference Guide
CMBS
TM
On and Off
(P455)
●
When a possible frontal collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
●
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the engine.
●
To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
VSA® On and Off
(P444)
●
The Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
system helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
●
VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
●
To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)
(P448)
●
The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
●
The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
Refueling
(P510)
a
Push the fuel fill door
release handle.
b
Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.
c
Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.
d
After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or
higher
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 21 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
22
Quick Reference Guide
AcuraWatch
TM
(P452)
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located behind the emblem and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side
of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
(P455)
The system can assist you when it
determines there is a possibility of your
vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle.
The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when
the potential for a collision is determined, as
well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
(P466)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you
having to keep your foot on the brake or
the accelerator.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P481)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected
drifting out of its lane.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P491)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 22 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance
(P515)
Lever
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 23 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Handling the Unexpected
(P563)
Flat Tire
(P565)
●
Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the temporary tire repair kit.
●
Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
trunk.
Indicators Come On
(P596)
●
Identify the indicator and consult the
owner's manual.
Models with a compact spare tire
Engine Won't Start
(P587)
●
If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse
(P600)
●
Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating
(P594)
●
Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing
(P603)
●
Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 24 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
25
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The power mode does not
change from ACCESSORY
to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
Why?
The shift lever should be moved to (P.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P501)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the lever
up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 25 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
26
Quick Reference Guide
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver's door?
The beeper sounds when:
●
The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
The exterior lights are left on.
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The beeper sounds if you move outside the walk away auto lock
operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors (Walk away auto lock®) (P117)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when:
●
Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
●
The parking brake lever is not fully released.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks (P599)
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 26 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 91 or higher is
recommended.
Is it possible to use
unleaded gasoline with a
Pump Octane Number
(PON) of 87 or lower on
this vehicle?
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic
knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine
performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to
engine damage.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 27 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
28
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 28 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
This page intentionally left blank.
29
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 30
Your Vehicle's Safety Features............ 32
Safety Checklist ................................. 33
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 34
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 37
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 40
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 41
Types of Airbags ................................ 44
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 44
Side Airbags ...................................... 49
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 51
Airbag System Indicators.................... 52
Airbag Care ....................................... 55
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 56
Safety of Infants and Small Children .......58
Safety of Larger Children ................... 67
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 69
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 70
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 29 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
30
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■
Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■
Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■
Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 30 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
31
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■
Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■
Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■
Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death.
Even if the climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended
as the climate control system can shut off at any time.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 31 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
32
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle's Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle's Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle's Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
11
Seat Belt Tensioners
6
7
7
8
8
9 9
10
10
11
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 32 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
33
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 124
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 158
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 162
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 37
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 56
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the multi-information display (MID), a door and/or
the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors
and the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 85
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 33 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
34
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■
Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving, the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor locks to
restrain your body.
The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 63
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 34 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
35
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■
Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on the
instrument panel to remind the driver or a front
passenger or both to fasten their seat belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the driver’s and/or the front passenger’s
seat belts is fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then, refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 56
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 35 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
36
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
Driver side
Front passenger side
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 36 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
37
uuSeat Belts uFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 158
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
If the seat belt appears to be locked in a fully
retracted position, firmly pull out on the shoulder belt
once, then push it back in.
Then, smoothly pull it out of the retractor and fasten.
If you are unable to release the seat belt from a fully
retracted position, do not allow anyone to sit in the
seat, and take your vehicle to a dealer for repair.
2 About Your Seat Belts P. 34
2 Seat Belt Inspection P. 40
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 37 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
38
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Push
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 38 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
39
uuSeat Belts uFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
•
When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
•
When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 39 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
40
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 40 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
41
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
8
8
8
8
78 910 8
11
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 41 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
42
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, side, and side curtain airbags are
deployed according to the direction and
severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags
are deployed in a rollover. The airbag
system includes:
a
Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver's airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger's airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b
Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for the front passenger. The airbags
are stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
c
Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
d
An electronic control unit that, when the
power mode is in ON, continually
monitors information about the various
impact sensors, seat and buckle sensors,
rollover sensor, airbag activators, seat
belt tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
e
Seat belt tensioners for the front seats. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not the
belts are fastened.
f
Driver’s seat position sensor. This sensor
detects the driver’s seat slide position to
help determine the optimal deployment
of the driver’s airbag.
g
Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The sensors are used for occupant
classification to activate or deactivate the
front passenger’s airbag.
h
Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
i
An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
j
An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
k
A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 42 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
43
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.
■
Important Facts About Your Airbags
1Important Facts About Your Airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 43 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
44
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver's and front passenger's seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver's and front passenger's seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant's primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 44 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
45
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won't interfere with the driver's visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver's and front passenger's airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 45 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
46
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■
When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■
When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■
When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 46 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
47
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors. The sensors are used for
occupant classification to activate or
deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
For adult size occupants, the system will
automatically activate the front passenger’s
airbag. If a small adult sits in the front
passenger seat and the system does not
recognize him/her as an adult, see
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 53
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor or the passenger’s seat weight sensors, the
SRS indicator will come on, and in the event of a
crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of the driver’s
seating position or passenger’s occupant
classification) with a force corresponding to the
severity of the impact.
2 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
Indicator P. 52
For the advanced front airbags to work properly,
confirm that:
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat back is
not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat back
pocket.
•
The steering wheel and passenger’s side dashboard
are not obstructed by any object.
•
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat.
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 47 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
48
Safe Driving
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat. However, if you do allow a small child or infant to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, the system is designed to automatically deactivate the front passenger’s airbag.
Do not let a small child or infant ride in the front passenger’s seat if the airbag does
not automatically deactivate.
1Advanced Airbags
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passenger’s seat. Improperly positioned
objects can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
•
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 53
•
The floor mat behind the front passenger’s seat is
hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 556
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 48 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
49
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver's and passenger's seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 49 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
50
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■
When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle's framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■
When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag not to deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle's crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 50 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
51
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 51 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
52
Safe Driving
■
When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the multi-information display.
■
When the power mode is set to ON
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or
does not come on at all, have the system
checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you
don't, your airbags and seat belt tensioners
may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 52 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
53
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■
When the passenger airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors
determine that a small child or infant is on the
passenger seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 56
Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on. If the indicator
is on in the event of a crash, the passenger’s airbag will not deploy.
If the passenger’s seat is empty, the passenger’s airbag will not deploy and the
indicator will not come on.
■
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
•
The occupant is sitting in an upright position,
wearing the seat belt properly and the seat back is
not excessively reclined.
•
The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
•
The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
•
There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
•
Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat back
pocket.
•
No liquid has been spilled on or under the seat.
•
There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat or seat back.
•
There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
•
There are no objects placed under or beside the
front passenger’s seat. Improperly positioned
objects can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
•
The floor mat behind the front passenger’s seat is
hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
•
The head restraint is not contacting the roof.
U.S. Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 53 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
54
Safe Driving
1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
go off periodically if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold. For a small adult,
depending on physique and posture, the system may
not recognize him/her as an adult and thus deactivate
the passenger’s airbag.
If this occurs, please confirm that the conditions set
forth in the above bullet points on the previous page
are met.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
•
All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
•
The seat is empty and the indicator is on.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 54 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
55
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■
When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■
When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■
Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for
Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1-888-9-ACURA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 55 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
56
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front airbag can injure or kill a
child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver's ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 56 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
57
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger's front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 70
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 57 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
58
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat until the infant
reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat.
■
Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger's advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 41
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger's seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a
child so long as the child’s height and weight are
appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
Infants should never be seated in a forward-facing
position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position.
The weight sensor in the front seat may not correctly
detect the actual weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 58 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
59
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child has exceeded the weight and height limitations of a rear-facing child seat,
the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat
until they exceed the weight and height limitations for the forward-facing child seat.
■
Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger's front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer's instructions.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 59 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
60
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children).
Some have a rigid-type connector, while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child's safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■
Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 60 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
61
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 61 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
62
Safe Driving
3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
Flexible Type
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind.
The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a
standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
between the two inner anchors is 15 inches (380 mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
properly attached to both the lower anchors and
tether anchors.
3
WARNING
Using the outer rear seats’ inner anchors to
secure a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
center seating position may result in failure
of the child seat, causing injury or death.
Only use the outer rear seats’ inner anchors
to install a child seat in the center seating
position if the manufacturer’s instructions
expressly permit.
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Tether Strap
Hook
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 62 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
63
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 63 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
64
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 64 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A tether anchor point is provided behind each
rear seating position.
If you have a child seat that comes with a
tether but can be installed with a seat belt, the
tether may be used for additional security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchor point
and lift the cover.
2. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward-facing child seats
whether using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Tether Anchor Points
CoverAnchor
Outer Position
Outer Position
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 65 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
66
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Center Position
Center Position
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 66 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Continued
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■
Checklist
• Do the child's knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child's neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child's thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 67 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
68
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■
Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children Final Checks
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 68 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
69
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■
Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 69 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
70
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 70 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
71
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 72
Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages...................... 85
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
Gauges.............................................. 92
Multi-Information Display .................. 93
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 71 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
72
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake and
Brake System
Indicator (Red)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off if the parking brake has
been released.
●
Comes on when the parking brake is
applied, and goes off when it is
released.
●
Comes on when the brake fluid level
is low.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
●
The beeper sounds and the indicator
comes on if you drive with the
parking brake not fully released.
●
Comes on while driving - Make sure the
parking brake is released. Check the brake
fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator comes
on while driving P. 598
●
Comes on along with the ABS indicator
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 598
Brake System
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with a
system related to braking other than
the conventional brake system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
With this indicator on, your vehicle still has
normal braking ability.
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 72 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
73
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Oil Pressure
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
engine starts.
●
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.
●
Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 596
Shift Lever
Position Indicator
●
Indicates the current gear selection.
2 Shifting P. 439
—
Transmission
System Indicator
●
Blinks if the transmission system has
a problem.
●
Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts
and acceleration and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Gear Position
Indicator
●
Comes on when the sequential mode
is applied.
2 Sequential Mode Operation P. 442
—
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 73 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
74
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off either
when the engine starts or after
several seconds if the engine did not
start. If “readiness codes” have not
been set, it blinks five times before it
goes off.
●
Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 611
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control systems.
●
Blinks when a misfire in the engine's
cylinders is detected.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 597
Charging System
Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
engine starts.
●
Comes on when there is a problem
with the charging system.
●
Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger in
order to reduce electricity consumption.
2 Checking the Battery P. 551
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 596
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 74 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
75
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
●
Comes on and the beeper sounds if
you are not wearing a seat belt when
you set the power mode to ON.
●
If the front passenger is not wearing
a seat belt, the indicator comes on a
few seconds later.
●
Blinks while driving if either you and/
or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
●
The beeper stops and the indicator goes off
when you and the front passenger fasten
their seat belts.
●
Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt(s)
- A detection error may have occurred in the
sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 35
Low Fuel Indicator
●
Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.9 U.S.
gal./7.5 Liter left).
●
Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as
possible.
●
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.
●
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the ABS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator on,
your vehicle still has normal braking ability
but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 501
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 75 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
76
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
●
Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when the
engine starts.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 598
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system or hill start assist
system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 443
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 76 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
77
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist
TM
(VSA®)
OFF Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on when you partially disable
VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 444
—
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON.
●
Comes on if the tire pressure of any
of the tires becomes significantly
low.
●
Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS, or when a compact
spare tire
*
is temporarily installed.
●
Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
●
Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted
with a compact spare tire, get your regular
tire repaired or replaced and put back on
your vehicle as soon as you can.
System Message
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on along with a beep when a
problem is detected. A system
message on the multi-information
display appears at the same time.
●
While the indicator is on, press the
(information) button to see the message
again.
●
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears on
the multi-information display. Take the
appropriate action for the message.
●
The multi-information display does not return
to the normal screen unless the warning is
canceled, or the button is pressed.
—
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 77 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
78
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Turn Signal
Indicators
●
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
●
Blink along with all turn signals when
you press the hazard warning
button.
●
Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 535
—
High Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
●
Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the Auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 147
—
Lights On
Indicator
●
Comes on when the parking, tail,
and other external lights are on.
2 Light Switches P. 143
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
●
Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
2 Fog Lights
*
P. 146
—
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 78 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
79
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Immobilizer
System Indicator
●
Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
●
Comes on if the immobilizer system
cannot recognize the key
information.
●
Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
then select the ON mode again.
●
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
●
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.
—
Security System
Alarm Indicator
●
Blinks when the Security System
Alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 132
—
Keyless Access
System Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the keyless access system
or keyless starting system.
●
Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 79 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
80
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the RDM system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
●
Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
The system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator (Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 80 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
81
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator (Green)
●
Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) P. 466
—
●
Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents the
sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
ACC has been automatically
canceled.
●
The area around the radar sensor is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Indicator may take some time to go off after
the radar sensor is cleaned.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
●
Comes on when ACC is in operation,
but the temperature inside the front
sensor camera is too high. ACC
cancels automatically. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down and the system activates normally.
●
Comes on when the area around the
camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 81 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
82
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON, then
goes off.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
●
Comes on when you press the MAIN
button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 481
—
●
Comes on when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature inside
the front sensor camera is too high.
The LKAS cancels automatically. The
beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
Use the climate control system to cool down
the camera.
●
Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down and the system activates normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
●
Comes on when the area around the
camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and
wipe it off with a soft cloth.
●
May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator and message come back on after
you cleaned the area around the camera.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 82 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind spot
information
System Indicator
*
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Stays on while blind spot information
system is turned off.
2 Customized Features P. 99
●
Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.
●
Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.
2 Blind spot information System
*
P. 445
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the system.
●
Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
●
Comes on when you deactivate the
CMBS
TM
. A multi-information display
message appears for five seconds.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the CMBS
TM
.
●
Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) P. 455
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 83 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
84
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
●
Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system
shuts itself off.
●
Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft
cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
●
The area around the radar sensor is blocked
by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
Indicator may take some time to go off after
the radar sensor is cleaned.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the
indicator does not go off even after you
clean the sensor cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
●
Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate control
system to cool down the camera. The
system activates when the temperature
inside the camera cools down.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 84 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
85
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the (information) button to see the message again
with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed.
2 Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 597
●
Appears when the washer fluid is low.
●
Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 534
●
Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.
●
Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-
Information Display P. 521
●
Appears while you are customizing the settings and the
shift lever is moved out of
(P.
2 Customized Features P. 99
●
Appears if you try to go to Vehicle Settings from the
multi-information display while the information screen
*
shows the same menu.
●
Select either display to customize a setting. You cannot
have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-
information display and information screen
simultaneously.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 85 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
86
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the starter system has a problem.
●
As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 15 seconds while pressing the
brake pedal and manually start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
●
Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 594
●
Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the
battery.
●
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 551
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 86 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
87
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the transmission system temperature is
too high. The vehicle no longer moves.
●
Immediately stop in a safe place in (P.
●
Let the engine idle until the message disappears.
●
Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
●
Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.
The beeper sounds.
●
Disappears when all doors and the trunk are closed.
●
Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.
●
Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
●
Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-beam.
●
Manually operate the headlight switch.
●
If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 87 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
88
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the keyless remote inside the vehicle.
●
Disappears when you bring the keyless remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Keyless Remote Reminder P. 141
●
Appears when the keyless remote battery becomes
weak.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 552
●
Appears if the keyless remote’s battery is too weak to
start the engine or the key is not within operating range
to start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
●
Bring the back of the keyless remote into contact with
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 588
●
Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
●
Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 139
●
Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 88 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
89
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 432
●
Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s door.
●
Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button
to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.
●
Move the shift lever to (P. The power mode changes to
VEHICLE OFF.
●
Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s door
while the engine is running by two-way keyless remote.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 434
●
Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while the vehicle is moving.
2 Emergency Engine Stop P. 589
Canadian models
Canadian models
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 89 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
90
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you. The beeper sounds.
●
Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the
brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
P. 455
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) P. 466
●
Appears when ACC has been automatically canceled.
●
You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/ACCEL
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) P. 466
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 90 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
91
uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 481
●
Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected lane. The system also steers
the vehicle to help you remain within your driving lane.
●
Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System P. 491
●
You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
●
Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
●
Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
●
Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system
related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically.
The beeper sounds simultaneously.
●
If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 91 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
92
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Multi-Information Display
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the needle approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 594
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 92 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
93
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
Multi-Information Display
The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature
indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings
and other helpful information.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 93 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
94
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■
Main displays
Press the (information) button to change the display.
■
Switching the Display
ᵑᵐ
ᵑᵑ
ᵑᵐ
ᵑᵑ
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 94 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
95
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
■
Lower displays
Press the SEL/RESET button to change the display.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 95 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
96
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■
Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip
meter is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■
Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ± 5°F (U.S.) or ± 3°C (Canada) if the
temperature reading seems incorrect.
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or
l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset,
the average fuel economy is also reset.
■
Odometer
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
■
Average Fuel Economy
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the SEL/RESET button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the multi-information display’s customized
features to correct the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
1Average Fuel Economy
You can change when to reset the average fuel
economy.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 96 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
97
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimated distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.
Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B
was reset.
■
Compass
*
Shows the compass screen.
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
When driving guidance is provided by the navigation system
*
or Android Auto, turn-
by-turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto P. 275
■
Instant Fuel Economy
■
Range
■
Elapsed Time
■
Average Speed
■
Navigation
*
1Elapsed Time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
1Average Speed
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
1Navigation
*
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 97 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
98
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Shows each tire’s pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitor P. 449
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 519
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
■
Engine Oil Life
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 98 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
99
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.
■
How to customize
Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET
button.
■
Customized Features
1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the
button.
2 List of customizable options P. 102
2 Example of customization settings P. 106
Customization is possible when you see the driver’s
ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen.
The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter
you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The
customized settings are recalled every time you
unlock the driver’s door with that remote.
Put the transmission into
(P before you attempt to
change any customized setting.
Customizing is also available from the information
screen.
You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the
multi-information display while the information
screen shows the same menu.
2 Customized Features P. 316
Models with driving position memory system
Models with On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.
SEL/RESET Button:
Enters the selected item
Button:
Changes the customize
menus and items
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 99 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
100
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■
Customization flow
Press the button to select Vehicle Settings and press the SEL/RESET button.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 100 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
101
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 101 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
102
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driver Assist
System
Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes the distance at which CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system detects a
vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi-
information display.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation
system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/Off
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 102 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
103
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed
time A.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed
time B.
When Refueled/IGN Off/
Manually Reset
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 103 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
104
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Sets the beeper sound or not when you grab either
front door handle.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System On/
Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 104 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
105
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1: Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s
Door Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted To Park/All
Doors When Ignition
Switched Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door
*1
/ All Doors
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking the
doors when you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the keyless remote.
On/Off
*1
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the Maintenance Minder
TM
display when you
have performed the maintenance service.
Cancel/Reset
Default All —
Cancels customized changes you have made or
restores them to their default setting.
Cancel/Set
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 105 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
106
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
■
Example of customization settings
The steps for changing the “Trip A” Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are
shown below. The default setting for “Trip A” Reset Timing is Manually Reset.
1. Press and release the button to
select Vehicle Settings, then press the
SEL/RESET button.
2. Press and release the button until
Meter Setup appears on the display.
3. Press the SEL/RESET button.
u Language Selection appears first on
the display.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 106 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
107
uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display
Instrument Panel
4. Press and release the button until
“Trip A” Reset Timing appears on the
display, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Refueled, IGN Off,
Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Press and release the button select
When Refueled, then press the SEL/
RESET button.
u The When Refueled Setup screen
appears, then the display returns to the
customization menu screen.
6. Press and release the button until
Exit appears on the display, press the SEL/
RESET button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
normal screen.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 107 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
108
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 108 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
This page intentionally left blank.
109
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 110
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key .................................................. 112
Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength ...114
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 115
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 124
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 126
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 127
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 128
Security System ................................ 132
Immobilizer System .......................... 132
Security System Alarm...................... 132
Windows ........................................... 135
Moonroof
............................................. 138
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 139
Turn Signals..................................... 142
Light Switches.................................. 143
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 146
Daytime Running Lights ................... 146
Auto High-Beam .............................. 147
Wipers and Washers ........................ 150
Brightness Control ........................... 152
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..153
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 153
Driving Position Memory System
*
.... 154
Mirrors............................................... 156
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 156
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 157
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 158
Front Seats ...................................... 158
Interior Convenience Items.............. 168
Interior Lights .................................. 168
Storage Items .................................. 170
Other Interior Convenience Items..... 173
Climate Control System ................... 175
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 175
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......178
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 109 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
110
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display with the power mode in ON.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Adjust Clock on the
screen.
3. Press . Adjust Clock appears.
4. Rotate to select the item you want to
adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute).
Then, press .
5. Rotate to make the adjustment.
6. Press to enter your selection. The display
returns to Adjust Clock. Repeat steps 4 to
6 to adjust other items.
7. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the audio
system.
Models with navigation system
1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Models with one display
Models with one display
SETUP Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 110 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
111
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock
Adjustment.
3. Rotate to change hour, then move .
4. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
1Adjusting the Clock
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move to select a secondary menu.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 316
You can turn the clock display in the information
screen on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 316
You cannot adjust the time while the vehicle is
moving.
Models with two displays
U.S. models with two displays
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 111 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
112
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and
to lock and unlock all the doors and to open
the trunk.
1Key
All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 132
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
•
Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
•
Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
•
Keep the keys away from liquids, dust and sand.
•
Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way
keyless remote.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 434
Models with two-way keyless remote
Models without two-way keyless
remote
Models with two-way keyless remote
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 112 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
113
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey
Continued
Controls
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the keyless remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
keyless remote until it clicks.
■
Built-in Key
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Models without two-way keyless
remote
Models with two-way keyless remote
Release Knob
Built-in Key
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 113 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Remote Signal Strength
114
Controls
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the keyless remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless remote.
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
1Low Keyless Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the keyless remote and the
vehicle consumes the keyless remote’s battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the keyless
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 114 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
115
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the keyless remote, you can
lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the trunk within about
32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk
release button.
■
Locking the doors
Press the door lock button on the front door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.
■
Using the Keyless Access System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior light comes on when you unlock
the doors.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 168
Door Lock Button
1Using the Keyless Access System
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the keyless access system,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the keyless access
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
The keyless access system will not lock the vehicle
when a door is open.
•
Do not leave the keyless remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
•
Even if you are not carrying the keyless remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with
the remote is within range.
•
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the keyless remote is within range.
•
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 115 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
116
Controls
■
Unlocking the doors and trunk
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All doors unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u A beeper will sound.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 129
Trunk Release
Button
1Using the Keyless Access System
•
After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
•
The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the
keyless remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
•
The keyless remote may not operate if it is too close
to the door and door glass.
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the multi-information
display.
2 Customized Features P. 99
The light flash, beep and door unlock mode settings
can be customized using the information screen or
multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Models with one display
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 116 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
117
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■
Locking the doors (Walk away auto
lock®)
When you walk away from the vehicle with all
doors closed while carrying the keyless
remote, the doors will automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors are closed, and the keyless remote is
within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the
outside door handle or trunk release button.
Exit vehicle while carrying keyless remote and
close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the keyless remote beyond about 5
feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle and remain
outside this range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors will then lock.
1Locking the doors (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the multi-information display.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
multi-information display, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 99
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the information screen or multi-information
display.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
information screen or the multi-information display,
only the remote transmitter that was used to unlock
the driver’s door prior to the setting change can
activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the keyless remote
will continue to flash until the doors are locked.
Models with one display
Models with two displays
All models
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 117 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
118
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the keyless remote on you, move out
of the auto lock function operation range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors (Walk away auto lock®)
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be delayed until all doors are closed.
Under the following circumstances, the auto lock
function will not activate:
•
The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
•
The keyless remote is taken out of its operational
range before all the doors are closed.
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
•
The keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
•
A door or the hood is not closed.
•
The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
•
The keyless remote is not located within a radius of
about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get
out of the vehicle and close the doors.
uThe beeper will not sound.
uThe beeper will sound.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 118 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
119
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
1Locking the doors (Walk away auto lock®)
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
•
The keyless remote is put inside the vehicle through
a window.
•
You are located too close to the vehicle.
•
The keyless remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the keyless remote. Then, open/close a door
and confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds
once.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 119 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
120
Controls
■
Locking the doors
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.
■
Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver's door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.
*1: Checking Door Lock Status
*
P. 123
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 552
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
LED
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
LED
*1
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 120 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
121
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the keyless remote does not work, use the key
instead.
2 Replacing the Remote Battery P. 552
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver's door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Lock
Unlock
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 121 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
122
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■
Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a
or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b
, and close the door.
■
Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■
Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the keyless remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver's door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 122 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
123
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
You can remotely check if your vehicle’s doors
are all locked or any are unlocked using the
keyless remote from extended distances.
Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. After three seconds, one of
the following feedback will come:
• Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked.
• Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not
completely closed.
• Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status
from the vehicle.
■
Checking Door Lock Status
*
1Checking Door Lock Status
*
Operate the remote in an open space. If there are
buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle
and the remote, the remote may not work even
within the operable range. However, the range
required for unlocking the trunk and all the doors as
well as activating the panic function is the same as
that required for operating the standard keyless
remote.
When checking the door lock status, you can also
start or stop the engine.
2 Remote Engine Start
*
P. 434
Red
Green
Amber
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 123 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
124
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■
Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■
Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 124 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
125
uuLocking and Unlocking the Doors uLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors unlocking, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to unlock
all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-
information display.
2 Customized Features P. 99
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to unlock
all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-
information display or information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 126
Inner Handle
Models with one display
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 125 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
126
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all the doors.
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■
When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/
unlock at the same time.
To Unlock
To Lock
Master Door Lock Switch
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
Unlock
Lock
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 126 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
127
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■
Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■
Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the multi-information
display.
2 Customized Features P. 99
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the information
screen or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Models with one display
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 127 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
128
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■
Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■
Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69
Using the Trunk Opener
Pulling the trunk opener on the lower left of
the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk.
Trunk Opener
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 128 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
129
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
Controls
■
Locking the trunk opener
You can lock the trunk opener with the built-
in key.
Using the Trunk Release Button
Press the release button on the trunk lid after
the doors are unlocked.
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the keyless remote.
u The beeper sounds.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
•
If you forget the keyless remote inside, the beeper
will sound and the trunk will not close.
•
A person who is not carrying the keyless remote
can unlock the trunk if a person who is carrying it is
within range.
•
If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
move the keyless remote away from the trunk and
close again.
•
The keyless remote may not operate if it is too close
to the trunk.
Trunk Release
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 129 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
130
uuOpening and Closing the Trunk uUsing the Remote Transmitter
Controls
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
Trunk Main Switch
The trunk main switch disables the trunk
release button on the remote transmitter and
the trunk release button on the trunk lid to
protect luggage in the trunk.
1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded
down.
2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove
box.
3. Lock the glove box.
4. Lock the trunk opener.
2 Using the Trunk Opener P. 128
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the driver’s door is locked, the trunk will
automatically lock when you close it. Otherwise, you
will have to lock it manually.
Trunk
Release
Button
Trunk
Release
Button
1Trunk Main Switch
If you need to give the key to someone else, remove
the built-in key from the keyless remote by sliding the
release knob, and give the remote as a valet key.
ON
OFF
Main Switch
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 130 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
131
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuEmergency Trunk Opener
Controls
Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.
1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.
Lever
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 131 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
132
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
This system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the
engine.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the
transmission is taken out of
(P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set
to ON.
■
When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and some exterior lights flash.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security system alarm continues for a maximum
of two minutes until the security system alarm
deactivates.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 132 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
133
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■
To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system, or set
the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
■
Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the trunk are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
■
When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■
To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key,
remote transmitter or keyless access system, or when the power mode is set to ON.
The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
•
Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
•
Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the
emergency trunk opener.
•
Opening the hood with the hood release.
•
Taking the transmission out of (P.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter,
or keyless access system.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 133 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
134
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■
The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■
Canceling panic mode
• Press any button on the remote transmitter.
• Set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
Panic
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 134 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
135
Continued
Controls
Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors.
The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power
window lock button on the driver's side must be switched off (not pushed in,
indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s
seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■
Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close
Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone's
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
Indicator
Driver’s
Window
Switch
Front Passenger’s
Window Switch
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 135 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
136
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it.
If the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
While driving with any of the windows open, you
may hear a booming, throbbing, or helicopter-type
noise or pressure. This is called wind buffeting. This is
a normal occurrence that can be minimized.
If you hear a wind buffeting noise with any of the
windows open, lower all of the other windows
slightly or open the moonroof.
Close
Open
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the
moonroof will open automatically along with them.
Unlock
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 136 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
137
uuWindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the
moonroof will open/close automatically along with
them.
Close
Open
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 137 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
138
Controls
Moonroof
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in
the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■
Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof automatically opens or closes
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
pull or push the switch briefly.
■
Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■
Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then
release.
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote
P. 136
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Key P. 137
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone's hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Close
Open
Tilt
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 138 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
139
Continued
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the keyless remote is
inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the keyless remote is close
to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.
ON mode:
The ENGINE START/STOP button is on (in red), if the
engine is running.
If the battery of the keyless remote is getting low, the
engine may not start when you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button. If the engine does not start,
refer to the following link.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
P. 588
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
Press the button without the
transmission in
(P.
Press the button with the
transmission in
(P.
Press the button.
Without pressing the brake pedal
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories in
this position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
Put the transmission into
(P.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 139 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
140
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 140 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
141
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
When the power mode is set to any mode
other than OFF and you remove the keyless
remote from the vehicle and shut the door, an
alarm will sound. If the alarm continues to
sound, place the keyless remote in another
location.
■
When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
The alarm will sound from outside the vehicle.
■
When the power mode is in ON
An alarm will sound both inside and outside
the vehicle. In addition, a warning indicator
will appear on the instrument panel.
■
Keyless Remote Reminder
1Keyless Remote Reminder
When the keyless remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the keyless remote is taken out of the vehicle after
the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
Removing the keyless remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the keyless remote on the dashboard or in
the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go
off. Under some other conditions that can prevent
the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning
buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within
the system’s operational range.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 141 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
142
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■
(A): Turn signal
Push the lever up or down based on the
direction you want to turn, and the turn signal
will blink.
■
(B): One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push the lever up or down
and release it, the turn signal will blink 3
times.
1(A): Turn signal
The turn signal indicator on the instrument panel will
blink when the external turn signal blinks.
2 Indicators P. 72
(A)
(A)
(B)
(B)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 142 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
143
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Continued
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■
High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■
Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■
Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■
Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of
(P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the
driver’s door is opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 78
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 143 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
144
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Light Sensor
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 144 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
145
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver's door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch
is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver's door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver's door, you will hear a reminder chime alerting you that the lights are on.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Setting
The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min
U.S. models
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
This feature activates while the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 145 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
146
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
Daytime Running Lights
The parking/daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is in AUTO.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake.
Setting the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) will turn off the daytime running
lights.
The daytime running lights are off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 146 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
147
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to
the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
•
Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
•
Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
•
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
•
Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
•
Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
Light Switch
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 147 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
148
Controls
■
Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto high-beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■
Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
Switching to high beam: Switching to low beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 45mph (72
km/h) or more.
●
There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
●
There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
●
Your vehicle speed is 30 mph (48
km/h) or less.
●
There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
●
There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
•
The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
•
Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
•
Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
•
The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
•
The road is bumpy or has many curves.
•
A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
•
Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
•
A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
•
The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
•
The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
•
Windshield wipers are operating.
•
The camera has detected a dense fog.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 148 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
149
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 149 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
150
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■
MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■
Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■
Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
■
Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wipers/Washers
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defogger to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 150 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
151
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stop in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■
AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
If the wipers stop operating due to an obstacle such
as the buildup of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
NOTICE
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situations in order to prevent severe
damage to the wiper system:
•
Cleaning the windshield
•
Driving through a car wash
•
No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low sensitivity
High sensitivity
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 151 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
152
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the brightness control knob to adjust
instrument panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beep when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after adjusting the brightness, you
will be returned to the previous display.
■
Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the display
while you are adjusting it.
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced when the following conditions:
•
The power mode is in ON.
•
The light switch is in any position other than OFF
and it is dark outside.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
Control Knob
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 152 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
153
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, it does not automatically
switch off.
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. While the vehicle is stopped, pull the
steering wheel adjustment lever up.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making
it difficult to start the engine.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door
mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 153 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
154
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar) positions with the driving
position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter or keyless
access system, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions.
When you enter the vehicle, the multi-information display briefly shows you which
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
1Driving Position Memory System
*
Using the information screen or multi-information
display, you can disable the automatic seat
adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 154 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
155
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat to the desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beep, and the memory
button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat positions have been
memorized, the indicator light on the
button you pressed stays on and you will
hear the double-beep.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
u You will hear the beep, and the indicator
light will blink.
The seat will automatically move to the
memorized position. When it has finished
moving, you will hear the beep, and the
indicator light stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
•
You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
•
You readjust the seat position before the double-
beep.
•
You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
SET Button
Memory Button 1
Memory Button 2
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat will stop moving if you:
•
Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
•
Adjust the seat position.
•
Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Memory Buttons
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 155 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
156
Controls
Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you, based
on inputs from the mirror sensor. This feature
is always active.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 158
Daytime
Position
Night
Position
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
Sensor
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 156 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
157
uuMirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■
Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 157 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
158
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver's seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger's seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
■
Adjusting the front power seat(s
*
)
1Adjusting the Seats
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
1Front Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal
Position
Adjustment
Height
Adjustment
(Driver’s
seat only)
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 158 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
159
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
■
Adjusting the front manual seat
*
1Adjusting the front manual seat
*
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the lever to
change the angle.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 159 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
160
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
■
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar Support
Adjustment Switch
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 160 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
161
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver's seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant's chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with
proper seat belt or airbag operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 161 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
162
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant's head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant's ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■
Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
•
Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
•
Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
•
Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 162 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
163
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
Front
Rear outer
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 163 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
164
Controls
A passenger sitting in the center back seating
position should adjust the height of their head
restraint to an appropriate position before the
vehicle begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then, push the release button and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 164 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
165
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 165 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
166
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seat
Controls
Rear Seat
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the
guide.
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
If the rear head restraints get caught on the
front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.
2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head
Restraints P. 164
■
Folding Down the Rear Seat
1Folding Down the Rear Seat
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 69
To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until
it locks.
When returning a seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 53
Make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seat are properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Guide
Center
Shoulder Belt
Release Lever
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 166 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
167
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
Pull down the armrest in the center backrest.
■
Using the Rear Seat Armrest
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 167 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
168
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■
ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■
OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after about 30 seconds in the
following situations:
•
When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
•
When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) but do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
•
When you lock the driver’s door.
•
When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
•
When you set the power mode to ON.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
Door Activated Position
Off
Front
On
Off
Rear
On
Door Activated Position
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 168 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
169
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the (map light) button.
■
Map Light Switches
1Map Light Switches
When the front interior light switch is in the door
activated position and any door is open, the map
light will not go off when you press the button.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 169 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
170
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Controls
Storage Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
Press the button to open the console
compartment.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
The glove box light comes on when the parking lights
are on.
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
To Lock
■
Console Compartment
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 170 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
171
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
Continued
Controls
Push the lid to open the pocket.
■
Center Pocket
Push
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 171 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuStorage Items
172
Controls
■
Front seat beverage holders
Are located in the console between the front
seats.
■
Front door side beverage holders
Are located on the both of the front door side
pockets.
■
Rear seat beverage holders
Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat
beverage holders.
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 172 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
173
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
Controls
There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.
Other Interior Convenience Items
The accessory power socket can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or
ON.
■
Accessory power socket (console
compartment)
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
■
Coat Hook
1Coat Hook
The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.
■
Accessory Power Socket
1Accessory Power Socket
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
When the accessory power socket is not in use, close
the cover to prevent any small foreign objects from
getting into the accessory power socket.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 173 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuInterior Convenience ItemsuOther Interior Convenience Items
174
Controls
The seat heaters can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
The indicator for your setting comes on while
the seat heater is in use. Press the button on
the opposite side to turn the heater off. The
indicator goes off.
■
Seat Heaters
1Seat Heaters
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 174 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
175
Continued
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side
temperature control dial.
3. Press the (ON/OFF) button to cancel.
■
Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
Floor and
defroster
vents
Floor vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Dashboard
vents
(ON/OFF) Button
(Recirculation) Button
AUTO Button
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
SYNC (Synchronization)
Button
/ (Fan Control)
Buttons
Driver’s Side Temperature
Control Dial
Passenger's Side
Temperature
Control Dial
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 175 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
176
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioning system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
Press the button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.
■
To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 176 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
177
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver’s side and the passenger’s
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system will switch to the synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button or adjust the interior temperature using the passenger’s side
temperature control dial to return to dual mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver’s side
temperature and the passenger’s side temperature
can be set separately.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 177 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
178
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Sensor
Sensor
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 178 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
179
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System .................................... 180
USB Adapter Cable
*
........................ 181
USB Port
*
........................................ 182
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 183
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 184
Audio Remote Controls.................... 185
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 187
Audio/Information Screen ................ 188
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 194
Playing a CD .................................... 196
Playing an iPod ................................ 199
Playing Pandora®
*1
........................... 202
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 205
Models with one display
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 208
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 210
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
...... 211
Information Screen .......................... 215
Display Setup ................................... 221
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 225
Playing SiriusXM® Radio................... 228
Playing a CD .................................... 239
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio ...242
Playing an iPod ................................ 255
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)...................... 258
Playing Pandora®
*1
........................... 262
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 264
Models with two displays
Playing Bluetoo th® Audio ................ 267
Siri Eyes Free.................................... 269
Apple CarPlay .................................. 270
Android Auto .................................. 275
Audio Error Messages ...................... 280
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 291
HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver
*
......342
Customized Features................ 310, 316
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 345, 374
AcuraLink®
*
....................................... 416
*1: Available only on U.S. models.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 179 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
180
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM® Radio service
*
. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, Hard Disk Drive (HDD) audio
*
, USB flash
drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, the
icons on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, or the remote controls on the steering
wheel.
1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only.
For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
, contact a
dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 291
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio, Inc.
Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.
iPod®, iPhone® and iTunes® are trademarks of Apple
Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Remote Control
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
iPod
USB Flash
Drive
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 180 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
181
uuAudio SystemuUSB Adapter Cable
*
Features
USB Adapter Cable
*
The USB adapter cable (0.5A) is for playing
audio files on a USB flash drive, connecting a
cellular phone, and charging devices.
1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the
adapter cable.
2. Install the iPod USB connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.
1USB Adapter Cable
*
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 181 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
182
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port
*
Features
USB Port
*
The USB port (2.4A) is for charging devices,
playing audio files and connecting compatible
phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
1USB Port
*
•
Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
•
We recommend that you use a USB cable if you are
attaching a USB flash drive to the USB port.
•
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
•
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk
drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.
•
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
•
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
The USB port can supply up to 2.4A of power. It does
not output 2.4A unless requested by the device.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 182 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
183
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
Features
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect a standard audio device.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
Connect a standard audio device to the input
jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
To switch to another mode, press the MODE button
on the steering wheel or any of the audio mode
buttons.
To return to the AUX mode, press the MODE button
on the steering wheel or AUX button.
To switch to another mode or return to the AUX
mode, press the MODE button on the steering wheel
or select Source on the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
Models with one display
Models with two displays
Models with one display
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 183 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
184
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■
Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 184 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
185
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Continued
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the multi-information display.
MODE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1 FM2 AM CD AUX
FM AM SiriusXM® CD HDD
*
USB/iPod/Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Bluetooth® Audio Pandora®
*
AUX
VOL (Volume) Button
Press : To Increase the volume.
Press : To decrease the volume.
CH (Channel) Button
• When listening to the radio
Press
(+: To select the next preset radio station.
Press (-: To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold
(+: To select the next strong station.
To select the next channel. (SiriusXM®
*
only)
Press and hold (-: To select the previous strong station.
To select the previous channel. (SiriusXM®
*
only)
• When listening to a CD, HDD
*
, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press (+: To skip to the next song.
Press
(-: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a CD, HDD
*
, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold (+: To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold
(-: To go back to the previous folder.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some mode appears only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be available.
VOL Button MODE Button
CH Button
Models with one display
Models with two displays
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 185 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
186
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
• When listening to Pandora®
*
Press (+: To skip to the next track.
Press and hold
(+: To select the next station.
Press and hold (-: To select the previous station.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 186 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
187
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the selector knob or SETUP button to
access some audio functions.
Press to switch between the normal and
extended display for some functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
SETUP button: Press to select any mode such
as the RDS Information, Sound Settings,
Play Mode, Resume/Pause, or Adjust
Clock.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the audio/ information screen brightness. The
brightness can be set differently for the day
time and night time.
Pressing the button switches the modes
between daytime and night time.
Adjust the brightness using .
Models with one display
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Press the MODE,
(+, (-, or button on the
steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 185
Setup Menu Items
2 RDS Information P. 195
2 Sound Settings P. 192
2 Play Mode P. 198, 201, 207
2 Resume/Pause P. 209
2 Adjust Clock P. 110
BACK Button SETUP Button
Selector Knob
(Day/Night) Button
Menu Display
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 187 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
188
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
Press DISPLAY button. Rotate and select the mode from the three display
modes.
Press .
■
Switching the Display
Selector Knob
DISPLAY
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 188 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
189
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■
Audio display
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 187
■
Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 190
■
Minimum display
Minimizes the display by only showing the clock and audio status on the display.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 189 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
190
Features
You can change, store and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■
Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the adapter
cable.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 181
2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Rotate to select Display Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The preview of the imported data is
displayed.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
Each image file can be up to 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 420 x 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
•
Up to 255 files can be selected.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures, No
compatible images were found. See Owner's
Manual. will appear.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 190 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
191
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
7. Press to save the data.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Then, the display will return to the
import wallpaper list.
8. Rotate to select the place to save the
data, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
■
Select wallpaper
1. Rotate to select Select on the wallpaper setup menu, then press .
u The screen will change to the wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select desired wallpaper and press .
u When the scroll is stopped, the thumbnail is displayed.
■
Delete wallpaper
1. Rotate to select Delete on the wallpaper setup menu, then press .
u The screen will change to the delete wallpaper list.
2. Rotate to select wallpaper that you want to delete and press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 191 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
192
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the SETUP button, and rotate to
select Sound Settings, then press . Rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Selector Knob
SETUP Button
Treble is selectable.
Speed-sensitive Volume
Compensation
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 192 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
193
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Display Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Display Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 193 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
194
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 194 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
195
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■
RDS Information
1. Press the SETUP button and rotate to
select RDS Information.
2. Each time you press , the RDS
Information switches between on and off.
■
To find an RDS station from your selected program category
1. Press the FOLDER bar to display and select
an RDS category.
2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station.
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
RDS Category
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 185
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you
store 6 stations each.
Auto Select function scans and stores up to 6 AM
stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into
the preset button memory.
If you do not like the stations auto select has stored,
you can manually store your preferred frequencies.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 195 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
196
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA or
AAC format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 196 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
197
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
Track Selection
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 197 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
198
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Press the BACK button to go back to the previous
display, and press the SETUP button to cancel this
setting mode.
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track/file(s).
Repeat One Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all tracks/files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 198 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
199
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB adapter cable, then select
the USB mode.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 181
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 199 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
200
Features
1. Press to display the iPod menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
■
How to Select a File from the iPod Menu
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 283
iPod Menu
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 200 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
201
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat Off: Turns off the repeat mode.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle Off: Turns off the shuffle mode.
Shuffle: Plays all available files in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Play Mode
Items
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 201 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
202
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
Playing Pandora®
*1
Activate Pandora®, and connect the iPhone using your USB connector to the USB
adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 181
*1:Available only on U.S. models.
iPhone use only
1Playing Pandora®
*1
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 202 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
203
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicle’s audio system.
The available items are:
• Station List (QuickMix is also available)
• Like
• Dislike
• Resume/Pause
• SKIP
• Bookmark This Song
• Bookmark This Artist
■
Operating a menu item
1. Press to display the Pandora Menu.
2. Rotate to select a menu.
3. Press to display the items on that menu.
■
Pandora® Menu
1Playing Pandora®
*1
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, songs, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 203 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
204
Features
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle's audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 286
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 204 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
205
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button.
2 USB Adapter Cable
*
P. 181
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 205 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
206
Features
1. Press to switch the display to a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to change the display to a list of
files in that folder.
4. Rotate to select a file, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 291
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 283
Folder Selection
Track Selection
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 206 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
207
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file(s).
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .
■
To turn off a play mode
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
3. Rotate to select Normal Play, then press .
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Normal Play
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the current
folder.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Play Mode
Items
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 207 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
208
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and linked to the vehicle's
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 352
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
BACK Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
SETUP Button
Press to display menu
items.
SKIP Bar
Press or to
change files.
AUX Button
Press to Bluetooth®
Audio.
VOL/
(Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Turn to select an item, then press to
set your selection.
Press to display the device’s name.
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to
HFL.
Preset 1 Button
Press to switch the mode
between pause and
resume.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 208 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
209
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
linked to HFL.
2. Press the AUX button.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■
To pause or resume a file
1. Press the SETUP button.
2. Rotate to select Resume/Pause, then press .
Each time you press , the setting switches between pause and resume.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker's operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack, you may need to press the AUX button
repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 209 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
210
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the interface dial or ENTER/MENU
button to access phone, information or
smartphone functions.
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button):
Rotate left or right to scroll through the
available choices. Press to set your selection.
Move right, left, up or down to select a
secondary menu.
Press to switch the display to the Information
Menu screen while the trip computer screen
or clock/wallpaper screen is displayed.
BACK button: Press to go back to the
previous display.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change
the information screen brightness.
Press once and make an adjustment
using the interface dial.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
Voice Control System
*
The navigation/audio system is voice operable.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
These indications are used to show how to operate
the interface dial.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Move , , or to select a secondary menu.
Audio function items
2 Preset Memory P. 226, 230
2 Radio Text P. 227
2 Music Search P. 240, 244, 256, 265
2 Scan P. 227, 238, 241, 245, 266
2 Random/Repeat P. 241, 246, 257, 266
When you unlock the doors with your remote, the
driver’s ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the
audio system settings and preset memory are turned
to the respective mode automatically when you set
the power mode to ON.
Models with two displays
(Day/Night)
Button
BACK Button
Interface Dial (ENTER/
MENU Button)
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 210 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
211
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Continued
Features
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Use the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to operate the audio system.
Select Source, then select an item on the source list to switch the audio source.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
1On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source
selected.
Select or to go back to the previous screen.
Use the / icons to turn the page.
X
1Selecting an Audio Source
You can change the order of source list displayed.
1. Select Audio Menu, then Edit Source Order.
2. Select or .
You can also change the source order by pressing
and holding the source on the source list for two
seconds.
Select Source.
Source List
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 211 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
212
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Features
Select Audio Menu to display the menu items.
The following items are available:
• Edit Source Order: Displays the Edit Source Order screen.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 211
• Sound Settings: Displays the Sound Settings screen.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 220
• Edit/Delete HDD Music (HDD mode)
*
: Displays the Edit/Delete HDD Music
screen.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 248
• Radio Text (FM mode): Displays the text information broadcast by the current
RDS station.
2 Radio text P. 227
■
Displaying the Menu Items
Select Audio Menu.
Menu Items
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 212 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
213
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Continued
Features
• SportsFlash (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SportsFlash
TM
list. If the favorite sport
team is not registered, the setup screen of SportsFlash
TM
is displayed.
2 Live Sports Alert P. 234
2 Customized Features P. 316
• Traffic & Weather Now (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the Traffic & Weather Now
screen.
2 Traffic and Weather Information P. 236
• View Channel Schedule (SiriusXM® mode): Displays the SiriusXM® channel
schedule.
• Audio Settings: Displays the Audio Settings screen.
2 Customized Features P. 316
• Screen Settings: Displays the Screen Settings screen.
2 Changing the Screen Settings P. 214
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 213 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
214
Features
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
■
Changing the Screen Settings
1Changing the Screen Settings
The following are adjustable screen settings:
•
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes
with the instruments panel brightness.
•
Brightness
•
Contrast
•
Black Level
•
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the
screen.
•
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 214 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
215
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Continued
Features
Information Screen
Displays the navigation
*
, HFL information, clock/wallpaper, trip computer, Apple
CarPlay and Android Auto. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.
Press the NAV
*
, PHONE, INFO and SMARTPHONE buttons to go to the
corresponding display.
■
Switching the Display
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 215 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
216
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
■
Navigation
*
Shows the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■
Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 374
■
Info
Shows the AcuraLink/Messages
*
, Trip Computer, Clock, Traffic Incidents
*
or
Voice Recognition Guide
*
. Press or INFO button to display the Information
Menu screen.
AcuraLink/Messages
*
:
Shows a AcuraLink® message menu list.
2 AcuraLink®
*
P. 416
Trip Computer:
Current Drive
Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
History of Trip A
Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip,
as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three
driving cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 216 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
217
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Continued
Features
Deleting the history manually
1. Press on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History.
2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
Clock:
Shows a clock screen and an image you import.
Traffic Incidents
*
:
Shows a traffic incidents list.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Voice Recognition Guide
*
:
Shows a voice recognition guide screen.
■
Smartphone
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 270
2 Android Auto P. 275
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 217 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
218
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the information screen.
■
Import wallpaper
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
2. Press the SETTINGS button.
3. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/
Wallpaper Type.
4. Move to select Wallpaper tab.
u The screen will change to the wallpaper
list.
5. Rotate to select Options…, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select, Add
New Wallpaper.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Rotate to select Start Import, then
press to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 1,680 x 936 pixels.
•
Up to three files can be saved.
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
•
When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
•
The file name must be fewer than 210 characters.
•
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
•
The individual file size limit is 10 MB.
•
The maximum image size is 5,800 x 5,800 pixels.
•
Up to 10 files can be saved for each driver (Driver 1
and Driver 2).
•
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 218 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
219
uuAudio System Basic OperationuInformation Screen
Features
■
Select wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Set, then press .
u The display will return to the Clock Settings screen.
■
Delete wallpaper
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Clock Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.
3. Move to select Wallpaper.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 219 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
220
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Sound
Settings.
2. Select the Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance,
Center
*
, Subwoofer, SVC (Speed-
sensitive Volume Compensation) or DTS
Neural Surround
*
.
3. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the
setting.
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
DTS Neural Surround is a trademark of DTS, Inc.
Instead of using
(+, (- or icons, you can also touch
the point where your desired setting is.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 220 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
221
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
4. Rotate to adjust the setting.
5. Press .
u The display will return to the System
Settings screen.
1. Select Audio Menu, then select Screen
Settings.
2. Use
(+, (- to adjust the setting.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 221 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
222
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (Talk) and (hang-up/back) buttons on the
steering wheel and a microphone near the map lights in the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice command P. 223
• Close the windows and moonroof.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone in
the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
Models with navigation system
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 222 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
223
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
When the (Talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free-form voice commands are not
recognized.
■
Voice Portal Screen
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
When the system recognizes an audio
command, the screen will change to the
dedicated audio voice recognition screen.
• Tune to FM <87.7-107.9>
• Tune to AM <530-1710>
• SiriusXM Channel <0-999>
• SXM Channel <0-999>
• More
• Back
• Cancel
• Play Artist <Artist>
• Play <Artist>
• Play Album <Album>
• Play <Album>
• Play Song <Song>
• Play <Song>
• Play Composer <Composer>
• Play <Composer>
• Play Genre <Genre>
• Play <Genre>
• Play Playlist <Playlist>
• Play <Playlist>
• List Artist <Artist>
• List <Artist>
■
Navigation
■
Audio
• List Album <Album>
• List <Album>
• List Composer <Composer>
• List <Composer>
• List Genre <Genre>
• List <Genre>
• List Playlist <Playlist>
• List <Playlist>
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 223 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
224
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
These commands can only be used when a
phone is connected. When the system
recognizes a phone command, the screen
will change to the dedicated phone voice
recognition screen.
• Dial by Number
• Redial
• Back
• Cancel
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Dial <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Dial <Your Contact Name> <Type>
• Call <Voice Tag>
• Dial <Voice Tag>
Phone commands are not available if using
Apple CarPlay.
You can see a list of the available
commands on the screen.
• Phone Commands
• Audio Commands
• Navigation Commands
• Voice Settings
• Voice Recognition Guide
■
Phone
■
Voice Help
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 224 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
225
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Continued
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 225 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
226
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■
To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select Stations.
2. Select station on the list.
■
Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Refresh on the list.
■
Preset Memory
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
You can control the AM/FM radio using voice
commands
*
.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the MODE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 185
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 226 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
227
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
■
Radio frequency manual tune screen
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired radio frequency using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the frequency.
You can also tune into the radio frequency of
your choice following the procedures below
instead of inputting its frequency value.
1. Touch the desired frequency value on the
frequency bar.
2. Select and hold the frequency indicator,
then slide it to the desired frequency value
on the frequency bar.
■
Radio text
Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Radio Text.
■
Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
Select SCAN.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
1Radio frequency manual tune screen
You can tune the range of FM frequency between
87.7 to 107.9MHz and range of AM frequency
between 530 to 1710kHz.
Tune icons:
Select or to tune the radio frequency.
Seek icons:
Select or to search the selected band up
or down for a station with a strong signal.
Frequency
Indicator
Frequency Bar
Numeric Keypad
1Radio text
The text indicator comes on when you received a text
message. The indicator stays on until you read the
message.
The radio text information is not updated
automatically. If you want to display the latest
information, return to the previous screen and select
Radio Text again.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 227 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
228
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 228 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
229
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
1. Select the SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 185
2 On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
P. 211
2. Select a channel using the , icons or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset
mode screen.
■
SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
1. Select Tune.
2. Enter the desired channel number using the
numeric keypad.
3. Select OK to tune into the channel.
You can also tune into the channel of your
choice following the procedures below
instead of inputting its channel number.
1. Touch the desired channel number on the
channel bar.
2. Select and hold the channel indicator, then
slide it to the desired channel number on
the channel bar.
■
To Play SiriusXM® Radio
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can control the SiriusXM® radio using voice
commands
*
.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Tune Start:
When you change a channel, a song being played on
that channel restarts from the beginning with this
function. This can be turned on or off from the Play
the Song from the Beginning setting.
2 Customized Features P. 316
1SiriusXM® channel manual tune screen
Channel icons:
Select or to the previous or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
Channel Indicator Channel Bar
Numeric Keypad
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 229 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
230
Features
To change the tune mode:
1. Select Tune.
2. Select Channel/Category icon.
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select Presets/Controls icon to set the Presets.
3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that channel.
Channel/Category Icon
■
Preset Memory
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 230 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
231
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
■
TuneMix
TM
(Multi-channel preset)
You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels and listen to them
randomly.
1. Tune a channel.
2. Select and hold the preset number you
want to store that channel.
3. Select Add.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
To delete a multi-channel preset:
1. Select and hold the preset number you want to delete that channel.
2. Select the channel icon.
3. Select Delete.
4. Select Done to return the previous screen.
1TuneMix
TM
(Multi-channel preset)
TuneMix
TM
is registered trademarks of SiriusXM®
Radio, Inc.
To store a multi-channel preset, you need to set up
the TuneMix setting to On.
2 Customized Features P. 316
TuneMix
TM
is available for music channels only.
Select and hold.
Channel Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 231 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
232
Features
Suggested channel listings received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select Featured Channels.
3. Select a channel.
You can check a channel schedule by selected channel list on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select View Channel Schedule.
You can also check the other channel by the following procedure.
3. Select Categories, Channels or Presets.
4. Select a channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
■
Displaying a Channel Schedule
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 232 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
233
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Features
The system constantly records up to the last 60 minutes of your currently tuned
channel and all the preset channel broadcast, starting from the moment you turn
the power mode to ON. You can rewind and replay the last 60 minutes of each
broadcast.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the
Controls.
2. Select an option.
The following items are available:
: Pauses or plays a storing broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current selection.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current selection. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current selection.
■
Returning to real-time broadcast
Select while listening to the playback channel.
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned OFF as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the On Demand Multi-Use
Display
TM
.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
(A)
(B)(C)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 233 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
234
Features
While listening to other channels you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■
To set up a sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select SportsFlash.
5. Select Notification, then select Enable.
6. Select Favorite Teams, then select a team.
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
1To set up a sports alert
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
Selecting Enable once from customized settings
disables the alert feature next time you turn the
power mode to ON.
2 Customized Features P. 316
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 234 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
235
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
■
Receiving a sports alert
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a sports alert.
2. Select Listen Now.
The following items are available:
/: Pauses or plays a current sports alert.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored sports alert.
: Skips to the next stored sports alert.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current sports alert.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds to the current sports alert. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current sports alert.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
■
Listening to a missed sports alert
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select SportsFlash.
3. Select an item.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 235 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
236
Features
You can receive the SiriusXM® traffic and weather information service in SiriusXM®
mode.
■
To set up a traffic & weather information
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select SiriusXM.
4. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
5. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the
information, select No City Selected.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function in
SiriusXM® mode only.
Traffic & Weather Now are registered trademarks of
SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
1To set up a traffic & weather information
When you listen to the traffic and weather
information service, set up the applicable city using
Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 236 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
237
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
Continued
Features
■
Listening a traffic and weather information
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Traffic & Weather Now.
The following items are available:
/: Pauses or plays a stored broadcast.
: Returns to real-time broadcast.
: Skips to the previously stored channel.
: Skips to the next channel.
: Select to skip back 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to fast-
rewind the current broadcast.
: Select to skip forward 15 seconds in the current broadcast. Select and hold to
fast-forward the current broadcast.
Back: Returns to previous channel.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 237 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
238
Features
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select Presets/Controls to set the Controls.
2. Select SCAN.
3. Select Scan Channels or Scan Presets.
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
■
Scan
1Scan
You can select desired channel by songs using Scan
Presets.
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
Scan Mode Menu Items
Scan Channels: Scans for channels with a strong
signal in the selected mode.
Scan Presets: Scans for desired preset channel by
songs. Select (skip up) or (skip down) to
skip to the next/previous stored selection.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 238 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
239
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Continued
Features
Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 239 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
240
Features
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
(MP3/WMA/AAC)
1Playing a CD
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
•
When you select a new folder, file, or track.
•
When you change the audio mode to CD.
•
When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Folder Selection
File Selection
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 240 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
241
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each track/file.
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-
second sampling of the first file in each of the main
folders.
Scan Tracks (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10-second
sampling of all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC.
Repeat
Random
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track/file.
(repeat folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder) (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays
all files in the current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Random IconRepeat Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 241 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
242
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Playing Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
The Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio function plays tracks from music CDs that have
been recorded onto the built-in HDD. You can arrange the tracks in playlists or play
the tracks using various search methods.
Models with navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 242 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
243
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
When Recording from CD is set to Auto, the songs on music CDs are automatically
recorded to the HDD the first time you play each disc. You can then play the songs
directly from the HDD.
2 Customized Features P. 316
Select . (in CD mode)
When Recording from CD is set to Manual, the songs on music CDs can be
manually recorded to the HDD.
Select . (in CD mode)
■
Recording a Music CD to HDD
1Recording a Music CD to HDD
You can add tracks to user playlists, where you can
mix and match tracks from other CDs recorded on
the HDD.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 248
2 Editing Track Information P. 251
If you stop the engine or the audio system is turned
off while recording a CD, there may be pauses
between songs when you play back from the HDD.
Repeat, random, and scan functions are not available
during recording.
You can play music from other sources (e.g.,
SiriusXM®, HDD, etc.) while recording.
Please note that there is no compensation offered in
the case of unsuccessful recording of audio data or
the loss of audio data due to any cause whatsoever.
Clearing the HDD
Any music tracks stored on the HDD can be deleted.
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 254
■
Stop Recording
■
Recording a CD Manually
Recording
Ready to record
Select Track List.
Select .
X
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 243 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
244
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
u Title information is displayed if found in
the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) stored on the HDD.
u The HDD has two types of playlists:
original playlists and user playlists. An
original playlist is automatically created
for each album when a music CD is
recorded.
■
How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Track from the Music Search List
You can control the HDD audio using voice
commands.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 258
Music tracks recorded on HDD cannot be recorded
onto CDs or other devices.
Tracks are recorded at four times the playback speed
using ultra-efficient compression technology;
therefore, sound quality may vary slightly from the
original.
If the HDD is ever replaced, all music data is lost and
cannot be recovered.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio P. 282
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 244 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
245
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each track.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Scan Albums: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current album.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the HDD.
Scan Artists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current artist.
Scan Playlists: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current playlist.
Scan Genres: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current genre.
Scan Composers: Provides a 10-second sampling of
all tracks in current composer.
Scan Rec. Date: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
tracks in current recorded date.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 245 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
246
Features
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random/repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
1Random/Repeat
Random/Repeat
The following menu items vary depending on the
category you selected by the Browse list.
Repeat
(repeat off): Changes repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current track.
(repeat album): Repeats all tracks in the
current album.
(repeat playlist): Repeats all tracks in the
current playlist.
(repeat artist): Repeats all tracks in the
current artist.
(repeat genre): Repeats all tracks in the
current genre.
(repeat composer): Repeats all tracks in the
current composer.
(repeat recorded date): Repeats all tracks in
the current recorded date.
Repeat Icon Random Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 246 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
247
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
You can edit the information of the current selected track on the playlist.
1. Select Track Menu.
2. Select the items on that menu.
The following items are available:
Replay: Select to replay from the beginning of current selected track.
Add to Playlist: Add a current selected track to the playlist.
Edit Name: Edit current selected track information.
Delete: Delete a current selected track from the album and playlist.
Move: Change the order of tracks currently playing in an album or playlist.
■
Editing a Current Track
1Random/Repeat
Random
(random off): Changes random mode to off.
(random all tracks): Plays all tracks in random
order.
(random in album): Plays all tracks in the
current album in random order.
(random in playlist): Plays all tracks in the
current playlist in random order.
(random in artist): Plays all tracks in the
current artist in random order.
(random in genre): Plays all tracks in the
current genre in random order.
(random in composer): Plays all tracks in the
current composer in random order.
(random in recorded date): Plays all tracks in
the current recorded date in random order.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 247 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
248
Features
Change the playlist name, album name, genre, and track order of the current
playlist. You can also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
■
Editing an album
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select the items other than Tracks and
Playlists on that menu.
4. Select an album that you want to edit or
delete.
5. To edit an album name:
Select Edit Name, then select Album
Name.
u Enter the album name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
To delete an album:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 251
6. Select Done.
■
Editing an Album or Playlist
1Editing an Album or Playlist
The maximum number of original playlists is 50 with
a maximum of 99 songs in each playlist.
Each album CD counts as an original playlist. Adding
a track from a user playlist into the same user playlist
will cause the track to appear twice in the playlist.
Deleting an album (original playlist) also deletes the
album tracks you have stored in any user playlists.
Deleting a user playlist or deleting all tracks from a
user playlist does not remove the playlist folder.
The folder retains the playlist name and artist
information.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 248 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
249
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
■
Editing a playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select a playlist that you want to edit or
delete.
5. To edit a playlist name:
Select Edit Name, then select Playlist
Name.
u Enter the playlist name using the
keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a playlist:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
To edit track information or delete a track:
Select List Tracks.
2 Editing Track Information P. 251
6. Select Done.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 249 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
250
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
■
Creating a new playlist
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Playlists.
4. Select Create New Playlist.
5. Enter the playlist name using the keyboard,
then select OK.
6. Select an item, then select desired track.
7. Select Done.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 250 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
251
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Continued
Features
Change the track title, artist name, genre and composer. You can also delete tracks.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select Tracks.
4. Select a track you want to edit or delete.
5. To edit track information:
Select Edit Name, then select Track
Name, Track Artist, etc.
u Enter the track name, track artist, etc.
using the keyboard, then select OK.
To delete a track:
Select Delete, then select Yes.
6. Select Done.
■
Editing Track Information
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 251 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
252
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Music information (album name, artist name, genre) can be acquired by accessing
the Gracenote® Album Info.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Edit/Delete HDD Music.
3. Select an item about which you want to
acquire information.
4. Select Edit Name.
5. Select Get Music Information.
u The system starts to access the
Gracenote® Album Info.
■
Displaying Music Information
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 252 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
253
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Update the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote® Media Database) that is included
with the navigation system.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Insert the update disc into the disc slot or
connect the USB flash drive that includes
the update.
5. Select Update Gracenote Album
Information.
6. Select Update by CD or Update by USB.
u The system starts updating and the
confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK to finish.
■
Updating Gracenote® Album Info
1Updating Gracenote® Album Info
To acquire updated files:
•
Consult a dealer.
•
U.S.: Visit www.acura.com.
•
Canada: Visit www.acura.ca.
Once you perform an update, any information you
edited before will be overwritten or erased.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 253 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
254
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Delete all music data on the HDD.
1. Select Audio Menu.
2. Select Audio Settings.
3. Select CD/HDD.
4. Select Delete All HDD Data.
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Select Yes.
■
Deleting all HDD Data
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 254 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB port, then select the USB
mode.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 255 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
256
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
You can control an iPod using voice commands
*
.
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 258
Available operating functions vary on models and/or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 283
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 256 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
■
Shuffle/Repeat
Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off the shuffle or repeat, select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Shuffle
*1: Not available on all iPod.
(repeat off)
*1
: Repeat mode to off.
(repeat song): Repeats the current song.
(repeat all): Repeats the all songs.
(shuffle off): Shuffle mode to off.
(shuffle all songs): Plays all available songs in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
(shuffle albums): Plays all available albums in
a selected list (playlists, artists, albums,
songs, genres, or composers) in random
order.
Shuffle IconRepeat Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 257 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
258
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Use SBV to search for and play music from your HDD or iPod using voice commands.
■
To enable SBV
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice.
5. Press to select On or Off.
Models with navigation system
1Song By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Setting options:
•
On (factory default): Song By Voice
TM
commands
are available.
•
Off: Disable the feature.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 258 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
259
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
■
Searching for music using SBV
1. Set the Song By Voice setting to On.
2. Press the (Talk) button and say “Audio”
to activate the SBV feature for the HDD and
iPod.
3. Press the button and say a command.
u Example 1: Say “(List) ‘Artist A’” to view a
list of songs by that artist. Select the
desired song to start playing.
u Example 2: Say “Play ‘Artist A’” to start
playing songs by that artist.
4. To cancel SBV, press the (hang-up/
back) button on the steering wheel. The
selected song continues playing.
Once you have canceled this mode, you need
to press the button and say “Audio” again
to re-activate this mode.
1Searching for music using SBV
Song By Voice
TM
Commands List
2 Voice Control Operation P. 222
NOTE:
Song By Voice
TM
commands are available for tracks
stored on the HDD or iPod.
You can add phonetic modifications of difficult
words so that it is easier for SBV to recognize artists,
songs, albums, and composers in voice commands.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 260
SBV may not be able to recognize languages other
than English for the artist name, song title, album
title, and composers.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 259 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
260
Features
Add phonetic modifications of difficult or foreign words so that it is easier for SBV
to recognize artists, songs, albums, and composers in voice commands when
searching for music on the HDD or iPod.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Move or to select the Voice Reco.
tab.
4. Rotate to select Song By Voice
Phonetic Modification, then press .
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select New Modification,
then press .
7. Rotate to select HDD or iPod, then
press .
■
Phonetic Modification
1Phonetic Modification
Song By Voice Phonetic Modification is grayed
out when Song By Voice is set to Off.
You can store up to 2,000 phonetic modification
items.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 260 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
261
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSong By Voice
TM
(SBV)
Features
8. Rotate to select the item to modify
(e.g., Artist), then press .
u The list of the selected item appears on
the screen.
9. Rotate to select an entry (e.g., No
Name), then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
10. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
u To listen to the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select Play,
then press .
u To delete the current phonetic
modification, rotate to select
Delete, then press .
11. Enter the phonetic spelling you wish to
use (e.g., “Artist A”) when prompted.
12. Select OK to exit.
u The artist “No Name” is phonetically
modified to “Artist A.” When in the SBV
mode, you can press the (Talk)
button and use the voice command
“Play ‘Artist A’” to play songs by the
artist “No Name.”
13. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
14. Rotate to select OK, then press .
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 261 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
262
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
Playing Pandora®
*1
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from the Pandora® app on a
compatible smartphone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system, or with an iPhone, you can connect using
your USB cable to the USB port.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
*1:Available only on U.S. models.
1Playing Pandora®
*1
Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.
To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call
1-888-528-7876.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 262 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Pandora®
*1
Features
1. Select Stations.
2. Select an item to select a track.
■
Create Station
You can create a station by Genre, Current
Track or Current Artist.
1. Select Stations.
2. Select Create Station.
3. Select the item you want to create a station.
You can also create a station by the following
procedure.
1. Select track name or artist name.
2. Select Yes.
■
Select the connecting method
If the two devices that install Pandora app are connected via the USB and Bluetooth®
connection separately, you can select the USB or Bluetooth® connection to use the
Pandora®.
1. Select the PANDORA on the source list screen.
2. Select USB or Bluetooth.
■
How to Select a Track from the Stations List
1Playing Pandora®
*1
Pandora® is a personalized Internet radio service that
selects music based on an artist, track, or genre a user
enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 Pandora® P. 286
There are restrictions on the number of tracks you
can skip or dislike in a given hour.
If your phone is connected to Android Auto,
Pandora® is only available through the Android Auto
interface.
Visit the Android Auto website to check
compatibility.
Select track or artist name.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 263 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
264
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 264 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Select Search.
2. Select a folder.
3. Select a file.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 291
Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 283
Folder Selection
File Selection
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 265 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
266
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
■
Scan
Select SCAN to provide a 10-second sampling
of each file.
■
Random/Repeat
Select repeat or random icon repeatedly until
you reach a desired mode.
■
To turn off a play mode
To turn off scan, select Stop Scan.
To turn off random or repeat, select repeat or random icon repeatedly.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
SCAN
Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all
files in the current folder.
Repeat
Random
(repeat off): Repeat mode to off.
(repeat track): Repeats the current file.
(repeat folder): Repeats all files in the current
folder.
(random off): Random mode to off.
(random in folder): Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
(random all tracks): Plays all files in random
order.
Random IconRepeat Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 266 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
267
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone is
unavailable. However, a second previously paired
phone can stream Bluetooth® Audio by selecting
Connect to Audio from the Edit Bluetooth
Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
Source
Select to change an audio
source.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the
volume.
(Information) Icon
Select to display the
current file details.
Select to display the
previous screen.
Skip/Seek Icons
Select or to change files.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Play Icon
Pause Icon
Browse
Select to display
the track list
screen.
Audio Menu
Select to display
the menu items.
Folder Up/Down Icons
Select or to change
folders.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 267 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
268
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■
To play or pause a file
Select the play icon or pause icon.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone. This function may not be available
on some phones.
Play Icon Pause Icon
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 268 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
269
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your
compatible iPhone is paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
We recommend against using Siri other than in Siri
Eyes Free while operating a vehicle.
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display changes as shown.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands appear.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes
Free
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 269 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
270
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the USB port,
you can use the information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to make a phone
call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
USB port.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
To directly access the Apple CarPlay phone function,
press the PHONE button. While connected to Apple
CarPlay, calls are only made through Apple CarPlay. If
you want to make a call with Bluetooth®
HandsFreeLink®, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or detach
the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 273
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 270 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
271
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Continued
Features
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay Menu
Go back to the previous
screen of this audio system.
Information Screen
Apple CarPlay menu screen
: Go back to the Apple CarPlay
Dashboard screen.
: Go back to the Apple CarPlay
menu screen.
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Apple CarPlay menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)
*1
Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item.
Press to enter the item.
BACK Button
*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 271 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
272
Features
• Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voicemail.
• Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
• Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
• Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple Maps) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 272 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the information screen.
■
Enabling Apple CarPlay
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsApple CarPlay Device List
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 273 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
274
Features
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri.
•
What movies are playing today?
•
Call dad at work.
•
What song is this?
•
How’s the weather tomorrow?
•
Read my latest email.
•
Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 274 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Continued
Features
Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port, Android
Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the
information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), and Google
Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial will appear on the
screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 278
1Android Auto
We recommend that you update Android OS to the
latest version when using Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used while your phone is
connected to Android Auto.
To use Android Auto on a smartphone with Android
9.0 (Pie) or earlier, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
USB port.
2 USB Port
*
P. 182
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 275 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
276
Features
*1:The operation methods may differ from your connected Android phone.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Screens may differ depending on the version of the
Android Auto app you are using.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Acura cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
Information Screen
Android Auto menu screen
SMARTPHONE Button
Press to display the Android Auto menu screen.
Interface Dial (ENTER/MENU Button)
*1
Move and rotate the interface dial to select the item.
Press to enter the item.
BACK Button
*1
Press to go back to the previous display.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 276 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Continued
Features
• Maps
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
• Phone
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
• Exit
Select the Exit icon to go back to the home screen.
•
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
•
You can check Android notifications.
• (Android Auto Home)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
Models with navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 277 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
278
Features
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port, Android Auto is
automatically initiated.
■
Enabling Android Auto
Enable Once: Allows only once. (Prompt
shows again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Prompt
does not show again.)
Cancel: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Smartphone Settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you are safely
parked. When Android Auto first detects your phone,
you will need to set up your phone so that auto
pairing is possible. Refer to the instruction manual
that came with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Press the SETTINGSSelect Smartphone
SettingsAndroid Auto Device List
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by Google’s Privacy Policy.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 278 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
•
Reply to text.
•
Call my wife.
•
Navigate to Acura.
•
Play my music.
•
Send a text message to my wife.
•
Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto
with your voice.
Press to deactivate voice recognition.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 279 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
280
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Cause Solution
Unplayable File
*1
Track/file format not supported
●
Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.
This function is not available
because the system has
encountered a file error or a
DRM protected file.
*2
Bad Disc
Please check owners manual
Push Eject
*1
Mechanical error
●
Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 293
●
If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out
the disc.
●
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
●
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details. Push Eject.
*2
Mecha Error
Bad Disc
Please check owners
manual
*1
Servo error
This is a bad disc. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
*2
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 280 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
281
uuAudio Error MessagesuCD Player
Features
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Cause Solution
Check Disc
*1
Disc error
●
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 293
Check the disc
*2
Heat Error
*2
High temperature
●
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 281 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
282
uuAudio Error MessagesuHard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
Features
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio
If an error occurs while playing the Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
HDD access error.
Please consult your dealer.
—
The navigation system temperature is too high. For
protection, the system will shut off until it cools down.
Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
The navigation system atmospheric pressure is too low. For
protection, the system will shut off until the pressure returns
to safe levels.
The navigation system has difficulty reading the HDD when the
atmospheric pressure is too low. The navigation system starts up
automatically when the atmospheric pressure returns to safe
levels.
Unplayable File
Appears when a file format not supported. Current track will be
skipped. The next supported track plays automatically.
There is no data available.
Appears when the HDD is empty or there are no available files in
the HDD.
This function is not available during CD recording while the
CD is recording to the HDD.
Appears when no available function is selected while the CD is
recording to the HDD.
Generating voice recognition commands. Please try again
later.
Appears when no available function is selected while the
dictionary of the Song By Voice
TM
recognition function is
generated.
Models with navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 282 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
283
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solution
USB Error
*1
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit
*1
or audio unit
*2
. Check if the device is
compatible with the USB adapter unit
*1
or audio unit
*2
.
Communication error
detected. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
*2
Bad USB Device
Please check owners
manual.
*1
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then, turn the audio
system off and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.
This USB device is
incompatible. Please see
your owner’s manual for
more details.
*2
No Song
*1
Appears when the iPod is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.
This version of iOS is not
supported.
*2
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 283 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
284
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
*1:Models with one display
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solution
Retry Connection
*1
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
There is an authentication
error. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
*2
Unplayable File
*1
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.
This function is not available
because the system has
encountered a file error or a
DRM protected file.
*2
Appears when you select the grayed-out option on the screen while displaying the DRM or an
unsupported format file.
No Data
*1
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
There is no data detected.
When safe, please check
your device and try again.
*2
iPod
*2
USB flash drive
iPod
*2
and USB flash drive
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 284 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
285
uuAudio Error Messagesu
Continued
Features
*2:Models with two displays
Error Message Solution
Unsupported
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.
USB hubs are not supported.
To listen to audio, directly
connect device to USB port.
*2
Appears when the USB device is connected via the USB hubs. Disconnect the USB hubs and directly
connect the device to the USB port.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 285 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
286
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
PANDORA No Station Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a station.
PANDORA Requires Update Appears when Pandora version is not supported. Please update the device application.
PANDORA Unavailable Appears when Pandora is performing system maintenance. Try again later.
PANDORA Cannot Connect Appears when Pandora is unable to play music. Check your device.
PANDORA Loading... Appears when Pandora is loading.
U.S. models
Models with one display
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 286 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
287
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Continued
Features
Error Message Solution
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner’s
manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then, turn the audio system off and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
There is an unsupported device detected. When safe, please
reconnect your device.
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if
the device is compatible with the audio system.
No stations have been created. When safe, please create a
station on the device.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device
to create a station.
There is no active station.
This PANDORA station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may
skip each hour.
Appears when you try to skip a track over the predetermined
number of times in an hour.
The system is unable to save rating.
The system is unable to save bookmark.
or
The system is unable to skip.
Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.
There is no data available.
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.
The PANDORA app version on your device is not supported.
When safe, please update the app and try again later.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 287 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
288
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
PANDORA is performing system maintenance. Please try
again later.
Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again
later.
The system cannot connect to PANDORA. When safe, please
check your device.
Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check your
device.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. When safe, login to
PANDORA.
The maximum number of stations that can be created is 100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously created
stations.
Appears when the number of created stations reaches the
limitation. Delete one or more created stations from Pandora® app
on the connected device.
The system is unable to create a new station. Please try again.
Appears when there is a temporary error with the audio system.
Try again later.
The system is unable to play PANDORA. Please try again later.
Appears when your connected device has network problems.
Check your device.
When safe, please check your device.
Appears when your connected device has some kind of problem
such as being out of the service area.
Check that the connected device is within the service area, and
then try again to play Pandora®. If the problem persists, consult a
dealer.
The system is unable to play PANDORA.
Music licensing restricts play in this area.
Appears when you try playing the Pandora® in the country where
the service is not available.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 288 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
289
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Continued
Features
Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
If an error occurs while using the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, you may see the
following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
A charging error has occurred with the connected device.
When safe, please check the compatibility of the device and
USB cable. Please see your owner's manual for more details.
This USB device is incompatible. Please see your owner's
manual for more details.
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then, turn the audio system off and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please confirm the
USB connection.
Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
your device.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, or the latest version of the app is installed on your device.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please confirm the
USB connection.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay. When safe, please try again. Appears when Apple CarPlay or Android Auto fails to recognize
your device.
Reconnect your device and try again.
Unable to start Android Auto. When safe, please try again.
Unable to start Apple CarPlay with your device. Your device is
connected in digital audio mode.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with Apple
CarPlay.
Check if your device is compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Models with two displays
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 289 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
290
uuAudio Error MessagesuApple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Error Message Solution
This device is not compatible with Android Auto.
Appears when your connected device is incompatible with
Android Auto.
Check if your device is compatible with Android Auto or the latest
version of the app is installed on your device.
Please update to the latest version of Android Auto.
Appears when your version of the Android Auto is not supported.
Update Android Auto to the latest version.
Connection failed. Please confirm Bluetooth connection
status and try again.
Appears when Bluetooth® connection is failed.
Check the Bluetooth® connection of this audio system and your
connected device.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 290 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
291
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, select channel up/down icons until CH 000
and the radio ID appears.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by pressing the MODE button on the steering wheel,
or through the On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Loading...:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Unsubscribed channel:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Unavailable channel:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check the antenna, Disconnected antenna, Shorted antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
•
U.S.: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com/
subscribenow, or 1-866-635-2349.
•
Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca/
subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-0079.
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
•
In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
•
In tunnels
•
On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
•
Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 291 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
292
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
Features
Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 292 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
293
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs
Features
■
Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 293 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
294
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
Made for iPod (5th generation)
Made for iPod classic 160GB (Late 2009)/iPod classic (120GB)/iPod classic
Made for iPod nano (7th generation)/iPod nano (6th generation)/iPod nano (5th
generation)/iPod nano (4th generation)/iPod nano (3rd generation)/iPod nano (2nd
generation)/iPod nano
Made for iPod touch (6th generation)/iPod touch (5th generation)/iPod touch (4th
generation)/iPod touch (3rd generation)/iPod touch (2nd generation)/iPod touch
Made for iPhone 7 Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6/
iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 5/iPhone 4s/iPhone 4/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 3G
Model
Made for iPod (5th generation)
Made for iPod classic 160GB (Late 2009)/iPod classic (120GB)/iPod classic
Made for iPod nano (7th generation)/iPod nano (6th generation)/iPod nano (5th
generation)/iPod nano (4th generation)/iPod nano (3rd generation)/iPod nano (2nd
generation)/iPod nano
Made for iPod touch (6th generation)/iPod touch (5th generation)/iPod touch (4th
generation)/iPod touch (3rd generation)/iPod touch (2nd generation)/iPod touch
Made for iPhone X/iPhone 8 Plus/iPhone 8/iPhone 7 Plus/iPhone 7/iPhone SE/
iPhone 6s Plus/iPhone 6s/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/iPhone 5/
iPhone 4s/iPhone 4/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 3G
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
The Lightning connector works with iPhone X, iPhone
8 Plus, iPhone 8, iPhone 7 Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone SE,
iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6,
iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone 5, iPod touch (6th
generation), iPod touch (5th generation), iPod nano
(7th generation).
The 30-pin connector works with iPhone 4s, Phone 4,
iPhone 3GS, iPhone 3G, iPod touch (4th generation),
iPod touch (3rd generation), iPod touch (2nd
generation), iPod touch, iPod nano (6th generation),
iPod nano (5th generation), iPod nano (4th generation),
iPod nano (3rd generation), iPod nano (2nd generation),
iPod nano, iPod classic 160GB (Late 2009), iPod classic
(120GB), iPod classic, iPod (5th generation).
USB works with iPhone X, iPhone 8 Plus, iPhone 8,
iPhone 7 Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone SE, iPhone 6s Plus,
iPhone 6s, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6, iPhone 5c, iPhone
5s, iPhone 5, iPhone 4s, Phone 4, iPhone 3GS, iPhone
3G, iPod touch (6th generation), iPod touch (5th
generation), iPod touch (4th generation), iPod touch
(3rd generation), iPod touch (2nd generation), iPod
touch, iPod nano (7th generation), iPod nano (6th
generation), iPod nano (5th generation), iPod nano
(4th generation), iPod nano (3rd generation), iPod
nano (2nd generation), iPod nano, iPod classic 160GB
(Late 2009), iPod classic (120GB), iPod classic, iPod
(5th generation).
Models with one display
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 294 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
295
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
USB Flash Drives
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 295 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
296
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 296 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
297
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 297 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
298
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 298 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
299
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 299 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
300
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 300 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
301
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 301 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
302
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 302 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
303
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney's
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 303 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
304
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 304 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
305
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 305 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
306
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M.ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 306 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
307
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 307 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
308
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
About the software license of the product
The software installed in the product contains open source software.
See the following website for details on the open source software.
http://hondaopensource6.com/oss/ww/index.html
■
Important Information on the Software
Models with two displays
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 308 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
309
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense information
*
Features
License information
*
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Digital Surround and Neural Surround are trademarks of DTS,
Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DTS
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 309 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
310
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■
How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode is ON, press the SETUP
button, rotate to select a setting item, and press .
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
Models with one display
1How to customize
To customize other features, rotate , and press
.
2 List of customizable options P. 313
Audio/Information Screen
SETUP Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 310 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
311
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
Customization Flow
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 311 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
312
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 312 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
313
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
*2:Appears only when you select the FM mode.
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Sound
Settings
BAS
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s
sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 192
—
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
RDS Information
*2
Turns on and off the RDS information. On
*1
/Off
Adjust Clock
Adjust Clock.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 110
—
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 313 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
314
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Display
Setup
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.
—
Wallpaper
Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Clock
*1
/Image 1/
Image 2/Image 3
Import
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 190
—
Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
Image 1/Image 2/
Image 3
Color Theme
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Red/Gray
Language Selection Change the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 314 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
315
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Setup
Connection
Add a New
Phone
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 352
—
Connect a Phone Connect a phone to the system. —
Disconnect
Phone
Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Delete a Phone Deletes a paired phone. —
Pairing Code Inputs and changes a code for a paired phone. Fixed
*1
/Random
Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 362
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Caller ID Info
Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number as
the caller ID.
Name Priority
*1
/
Number Priority
Passcode Create a security PIN for a paired phone. —
Message Notice
Turn incoming text message notifications on or
off.
On
*1
/Off
System Clear
Clear the system of all paired phones,
phonebook entries, and security codes.
—
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 315 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
316
Features
Customized Features
Use the information screen and On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
to customize
certain features.
■
How to customize
Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating
while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
•
Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
•
Shift to (P.
To customize other features, rotate , move , ,
or , and press .
2 List of customizable options P. 322
Information Screen
1How to customize
The following settings can be customized on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
•
Edit Source Order
•
Sound Settings
•
Edit/Delete HDD Music
*
•
Audio Settings
•
Screen Settings
2 How to customize P. 335
Models with two displays
Information Screen
Information Screen
SETTINGS Button
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 316 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
317
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
Customization flow
Information Screen
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 317 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
318
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 318 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
319
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 319 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
320
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 320 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
321
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 321 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
322
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Bluetooth
Bluetooth Turns the Bluetooth® on and off. On
*1
/Off
Bluetooth Device List
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a
paired phone, or creates a security PIN.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
—
Edit Pairing Code
Changes a pairing code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 384
Random/Fixed
*1
Phone
Edit Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Phone Setup P. 382
—
Auto Transfer
Sets calls to automatically transfer from your
phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Answer
Sets whether to automatically answer an
incoming call after about four seconds.
On/Off
*1
Information Screen
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 322 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
323
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Bluetooth/
Phone
Settings
Phone
Ring Tone
Selects a fixed ring tone or the one from the
connected cell phone.
Fixed/Mobile
Phone
*1
/Off
Automatic Phone Sync
Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
On/Off
Use Contact Photo
Displays a caller’s picture on an incoming call
screen.
On
*1
/Off
Text/Email
Enable Text/Email
Turns the text/e-mail message function on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Select Account Selects a text or e-mail message account. —
New Text/Email Alert
Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text/e-mail
message.
—
Message Auto Reading
*
Selects whether the system automatically reads
out messages, and, if selected, whether only
when driving.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 323 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
324
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Camera Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.
On
*1
/Off
Cross
Traffic
Monitor
Cross Traffic Monitor Turns the cross traffic monitor feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 324 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
325
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Vehicle Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Driver
Assist
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance CMBS
TM
alerts. Long/Normal
*1
/Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC range.
On/Off
*1
ACC Display Speed Unit
Changes the speed unit for ACC on the multi-
information display.
mph
*1
/km/h (U.S.)
mph/km/h
*1
(Canada)
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Blind Spot Info
Changes the setting for the blind spot
information.
Audible And Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
Off
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 325 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
326
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter
Language Selection
Changes the displayed language on the multi-
information display.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.
When Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
Turn by Turn Display
*
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 326 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
327
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Driving
Position
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/
All Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote Start System
On/Off
*
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking
the doors when you walk away from the vehicle
while carrying the keyless remote.
On/Off
*1
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 327 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
328
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Lighting
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/
30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/
0seconds
Auto Light Sensitivity
*
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 328 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
329
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Door
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from P/
Off
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors When
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
When Shifted to
Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched
Off/Off
Key And Remote Unlock
Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
On
*1
/Off
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock
the vehicle without opening any door.
90seconds/
60seconds/
30seconds
*1
Maintenance
Info.
Maintenance Reset
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 329 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
330
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Clock
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Clock
Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type
Clock Changes the clock display type.
Analog/Digital
*1
/
Small Digital/Off
Wallpaper
●
Changes the wallpaper type.
●
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
●
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 218
Blank/Galaxy
*1
/
Metallic/Options...
Clock Adjustment
Adjusts Clock.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 218
—
Clock Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
Auto Time Zone
*
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock when driving through different time zones.
On
*1
/Off
Auto Daylight
*
Sets the audio system to automatically adjust the
clock (“spring ahead” or “fall back” by one hour)
when a daylight saving time change occurs.
On
*1
/Off
Clock Reset Resets the clock settings to the factory default. Yes/No
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 330 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
331
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
AcuraLink
Settings
*
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
AcuraLink Settings group as default.
Yes/No
AcuraLink Msg Notice
Selects whether newly received AcuraLink
messages are to be displayed.
On
*1
/Off
Delete AcuraLink Message Deletes AcuraLink messages. —
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Displays your current AcuraLink subscription
status.
—
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 331 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
332
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
System Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Display
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the display brightness
synchronizes with the instrument panel
brightness.
On
*1
/Off
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the information
screen.
—
Contrast Changes the contrast of the information screen. —
Black Level
Changes the black level of the information
screen.
—
Feedback
*
Guidance Volume Changes the volume of the audio speakers. 0~8
*1
~11
Verbal Reminder Turns the verbal reminders on and off. On
*1
/Off
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 332 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
333
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Voice
Reco.
Voice Prompt
• Beginner: Explains each option.
• Expert: Turns off voice prompts.
Beginner
*1
/Expert
Turns the voice prompt on and off.
On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice
*
Turns the Song By Voice
TM
on and off.
2 Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) P. 258
On
*1
/Off
Song By Voice Phonetic
Modification
*
Modifies a voice command for music stored in
the HDD or an iPod.
2 Phonetic Modification P. 260
—
Phonebook Phonetic
Modification
*
Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.
2 Phonebook Phonetic Modification
*
P. 397
—
Guidance Volume
*
Changes the volume of the voice prompt. —
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 333 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
334
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Settings
Others
Units
*
Changes the distance unit on the navigation map
screen.
mile
*1
/km (U.S.)
mile/km
*1
(Canada)
Language Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Operation Restriction
Tips
*
Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.
On
*1
/Off
Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock display comes on. On
*1
/Off
System Device
Information
*
Displays the system/device information. —
Factory Data Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 341
—
Smartphone
Settings
Default
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Smartphone Settings group as default.
Yes/No
Apple CarPlay Device List Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —
Android Auto Device List Sets up the Android Auto connection. —
Smartphone Volume Adjusts the volume of the smartphone function. 1~8
*1
~11
Version
Shows software version of Apple CarPlay and
Android Auto unit.
—
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 334 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
335
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■
How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Audio
Menu, then select a setting item.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 335 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
336
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
Customization flow
Select Audio Menu.
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 336 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
337
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 337 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
338
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
■
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Edit Source Order
Changes the order of source list.
2 Selecting an Audio Source P. 211
—
Sound Settings
Bass
Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 220
—
Treble
Fader
Balance
Center
*
Subwoofer
SVC
DTS Neural Surround
*
Edit/Delete HDD Music
*
Change the playlist name, album name, genre,
and track order of the current playlist. You can
also delete tracks, playlists, and albums.
2 Editing an Album or Playlist P. 248
—
Audio
Settings
SiriusXM
Play the Song from the
Beginning
Turns on and off the Tune Start function. On/Off
*1
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 338 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
339
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
SiriusXM
SportsFlash
Notification Turns on and off the sports alert function.
Disable/Enable once/
Enable
*1
Beep
Causes the system to beep when the sports alert
is notified.
On
*1
/Off
Favorite
Teams
Selects your favorite sport teams. —
Traffic & Weather Now
Setup
Selects a city for using the SiriusXM® traffic and
weather information.
—
Channel Art Turns on and off the channel art display. On
*1
/Off
TuneMix Turns multiple channel mix preset on and off. On/Off
*1
CD/
HDD
*
Recording
Options
Recording
from CD
Selects whether the songs on music CDs are
automatically recorded to the HDD.
Auto
*1
/Manual
Recording
Quality
Selects the quality of the music files recorded to
the HDD.
Standard
*1
/High
HDD Information Displays the HDD capacity. —
Update Gracenote Album
Information
Updates the Gracenote® Album Info (Gracenote®
Media Database) from CD or USB.
Update by CD/
Update by USB
Delete All HDD Data
2 Deleting all HDD Data P. 254
—
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 339 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
340
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Audio
Settings
Other
HD Radio Mode
*
Selects whether the audio system automatically
switches to the digital radio waves or receives the
analog waves only.
Auto
*1
/Analog
Cover Art Turns on and off the cover art display. On
*1
/Off
Screen Settings
Sync Display Brightness
Selects whether the screen brightness
synchronizes with the instruments panel
brightness.
Off/On
*1
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
.
—
Beep
Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch
the screen.
Off/On
*1
Keyboard
Changes the on-screen keyboard from the
alphabetical order to the qwerty type.
Alphabet/QWERTY
*1
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 340 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
341
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,
then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The confirmation message will appear.
5. Rotate to select Yes, then press
again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Press to select OK.
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
Driver 1 and Driver 2 has stored each settings and
personal data separatory.
Perform both Driver 1 and Driver 2 data reset.
The following settings will be reset:
•
Routing & Guidance
*
: Rerouting, Unverified Area
Routing, Traffic Rerouting, Edit Waypoint Search
Area, Guidance Mode, Street Name Guidance
•
Route Preference
*
•
Audio preset settings
•
Phonebook entries
•
Other display and each item settings
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 341 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
342
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s
path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 342 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
343
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Continued
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the two outside buttons for
about 20 seconds, until the red indicator
blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to
step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800)355-3515.
Red Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 343 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
344
Features
■
Training a Button
1Training HomeLink
Retraining a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button
until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.
Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.
2.
Quickly release the HomeLink button and follow
steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” You do not
need to press and release the HomeLink button
again in step 2.
Erasing Codes
To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside
buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink
(about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes
before selling the vehicle.
If you have any problems, see the device’s
instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
4.
3.
2.
5.
A.
B.
1.
Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from slowly blinking to
constantly on or rapidly blinking? The process should take less than 60 seconds.
Press and hold the
programmed HomeLink
button for about a sec.
Does the device (garage
door opener) work?
Press and release the HomeLink button. Press
and release the button on the remote every 2
secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) change from
slowly blinking to constantly on or rapidly
blinking? The process should take less than 60
seconds.
Training
Complete
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
Press and hold the HomeLink
button again.
The remote-controlled device
should operate.
Training Complete
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.
HomeLink indicator rapidly blinks.
HomeLink LED is
constantly on.
YES NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 344 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
345
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Back) button: Press to cancel a command.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
Voice control tips
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press the button when you want to call a
number using a stored voice tag. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Models with one display
Microphone
Pick-up
Button
Selector
Knob
PHONE
Button
Hang-up Button
Volume up
Volume
down
Back Button
Talk Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 345 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
346
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You
cannot select a grayed-out option until the
vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags can be called using voice
commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 362
■
HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Roam Status
Caller Name
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your
phone is connected to HFL.
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
Disabled Option
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 346 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
347
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Display your speed dial entry lists.
(up to 15 entries per paired phone)
Display the last 20
outgoing calls.
Display the last 20
incoming calls.
Display the last 20
missed calls.
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Call History
*1
PHONE or
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 347 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
348
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial
*1
Text Message Read/Stop ReadingMessage is read aloud
Reply
Call
Display Message
System reads received message aloud, or
stop message from being read.
Select message and .
Reply to a received message using one of
six fixed phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
See an entire received message
(if more than three lines of text).
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 348 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
349
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone Setup Connection Add a New Phone
Connect a Phone
Disconnect Phone
Delete a Phone
Pairing Code
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the
system.
Delete a previously paired phone.
Create a code for a paired phone.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 349 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
350
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
Phonebook
Call History
Phone Number
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Add New
Existing entry list
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial
number.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a
speed dial number.
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial
number.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 350 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
351
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Passcode
*1
Auto Transfer
Caller ID Info Name Priority
Number Priority
Message Notice
System Clear
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you
enter the vehicle.
Prioritize the caller’s name as the
caller ID.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as
the caller ID.
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Turn incoming text message notifications on or off.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security
codes.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 351 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
352
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone's battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 352 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
353
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Add a New Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to Select Location.
5. Rotate to select Empty, then press .
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 353 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
354
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
6. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
7. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
8. HFL gives you a four-digit pairing code to
input on your phone.
When your phone prompts you, input the
four-digit pairing code.
9. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 354 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
355
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Connection, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Pairing Code, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Fixed or Random, then
press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 355 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
356
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a paired phone
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Connection, then Delete a Phone.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
u A notification appears on the screen if it
is successful.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 356 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
357
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Message Notice, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
1To Set Up a Text Message Notice Option
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 357 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
358
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Passcode.
3. Select a phone you want to add a security
PIN to.
u Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen.
u Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Rotate to select, then press . Press
to delete. Press to enter the
security PIN.
6. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
2.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
In the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 358 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
359
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Auto
Transfer.
3. Rotate to select On, then press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Caller ID
Info.
3. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
4. A notification appears on the screen if the
change is successful.
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority mode: A caller’s name is displayed if it
is stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority mode: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 359 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
360
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Security codes, paired phones, all stored voice tags, all speed dial entries, and all
imported phonebook data are erased.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select System
Clear.
3. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
4. A notification message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Press to finish.
■
To Clear the System
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 360 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
361
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Car
Fax
Message
Other
Voice
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 361 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
362
Features
Up to 15 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial, then Add New.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
By Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
By Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
By Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 362 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
363
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■
To delete a voice tag
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tag.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 363 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
364
Features
■
To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Speed
Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
4. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 364 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
365
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then press
.
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored speed dial number
with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 346
2 Speed Dial P. 362
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored speed dial number
with a voice tag using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 346
2 Speed Dial P. 362
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 365 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
366
Features
■
To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select More Speed Dial Lists to view another paired
phone’s speed dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 362
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 366 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
367
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
HFL Mode Caller Name
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 367 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
368
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-
driven phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 368 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
369
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as 20 of the most recently
received messages on a compatible linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Rotate to select Yes to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
the BACK button.
■
Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text messages.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 373
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 369 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
370
Features
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
Only the first three lines of the received message are
displayed with this option.
2 Displaying an entire message P. 373
If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 370 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
371
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Using the stop reading or read option
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Stop Reading or
Read, then press .
1Using the stop reading or read option
This option changes to:
•
Stop Reading while the text message is read out.
Select this option to discontinue the message read-
out.
•
Read when you go to the Text Message menu, or
after you selected Stop Reading. Select this option
to hear the system reading out the selected
message.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 371 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
372
Features
■
Reply to a message
You can reply to a message using one of the
six common phrases available in the system.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
6. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
7. The reply message you selected is displayed.
Select Yes to send the message.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I'm driving.
•
I am on my way.
•
I'm running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
After you reply, the following is displayed:
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 372 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
373
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Making a call to a sender
You can call the text message sender.
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Call, then press .
u HFL begins dialing.
■
Displaying an entire message
1. Press the PHONE button or the button.
2. Rotate to select to Text Message, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading out
the message.
4. Press to enter the Text Message Menu.
5. Rotate to select Display Message,
then press .
6. Rotate to scroll down and display the
entire message.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 373 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
374
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen, to dial a call or
to answer an incoming call. Press and hold to redial the last number dialed in the
phone’s history.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands.
PHONE button: Press to go directly to the phone menu screen.
Interface dial (ENTER/MENU button): Rotate to select an item on the screen,
then press . Move , , or to select secondary menu.
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
To use the system, the Bluetooth setting must be
On. If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
HFL is unavailable.
2 Customized Features P. 316
Voice control tips:
•
Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
•
Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag, a
phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and
naturally after a beep.
•
If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Models with two displays
Talk Button
Volume up
MicrophoneHang-up/Back Button
Pick-up Button
Volume down
Interface
Dial
PHONE
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 374 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
375
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
notifies you when there is an incoming call.
■
HFL Status Display
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the information
screen varies between phone models.
Bluetooth® Indicator
Comes on when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Roam Status
Information Screen
Battery Level
Status
Caller’s Name or
Caller’s Number
On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 375 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
376
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
Features
Certain manual functions are disabled or
inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until
the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries with
voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers
can be called using voice commands while the
vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 394
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Disabled Option
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 376 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
377
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
■
Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
Bluetooth
Replace This
Device
Turns the Bluetooth® on and off.
Bluetooth
Edit PIN
Create a security PIN for a paired phone.
Replace a previously paired phone with a
new phone.
Delete This
Device
Delete a previously paired phone.
Connect to
Audio
Connect a phone to use the Bluetooth®
audio and smartphone function.
Connect to
Phone
Connect a phone to use the HFL.
Disconnect
Disconnect a paired phone from the
system.
Connect Both
Connect the device to use the all
functions of Bluetooth® connection.
Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Bluetooth/Phone Settings group as default.
Default
(Existing
entry list)
Bluetooth
Device List
Edit Device
Name
*
Edit the user name of a paired phone.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 377 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
378
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Manual Input
Edit Speed
Dial
*1
New Entry
Import from
Call History
Import from
Phonebook
Delete All
Delete all the previously stored speed dial numbers.
Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Edit
Delete
(Existing
entry list)
Edit a previously stored speed dial number.
●
Change a name
*
and number.
●
Create or delete a voice tag.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the
vehicle.
Auto Transfer
Auto Answer
Ring Tone
Set whether to automatically answer an incoming call after about four
seconds.
Select a fixed ring tone or the one from the connected cell phone.
Use Contact Photo
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to
HFL.
Display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
Automatic Phone Sync
*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone
Changes a pairing code.
Edit Pairing Code
Add Bluetooth Device
Pair a phone to the system.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 378 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
379
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Select a text or e-mail message account.
Text/Email
*1
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Select Account
Enable Text/Email
Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
New Text/Email Alert
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL receives a new
text/e-mail message.
Message Auto Reading
*
Selects whether the system automatically reads out messages, and, if selected,
whether only when driving.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 379 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
380
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Phone Menu screen
Press the PHONE button to display the menu
items.
Speed Dial
*1
Manual Input
New Entry
Import from
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a
speed dial number.
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Phonebook
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Call History
*1
All
*2
Dialed
Received
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last 20 missed calls.
More Speed Dials
Display another paired phone’s speed dial list.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
Select a phone number from the call history to store as a
speed dial number.
Import from
Call History
Roadside
Assistance
*
Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance service.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 380 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
381
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Text/Email
*1, *2
Message is
read aloud.
Read Message
Aloud/Stop
Reading
Messages
System reads received message aloud, or stop message
from being read.
Reply
Call
Reply to a received message using one of six fixed
phrases.
Make a call to the sender.
Select Account
Select a message
and press .
Select a text or e-mail message account.
Redial
*1
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
*2: This function is not available if your phone is not supported.
See the previous message.
Previous
Next
See the next message.
View Full
Message
Displays the entire message.
Bluetooth/
Phone Settings
Display the Bluetooth/Phone Settings screen.
Dial
*1
Enter a phone number to dial.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 381 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
382
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
•
You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
•
Up to six phones can be paired.
•
Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
•
If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and returns to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone
Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call
history and phonebook automatically imported to
HFL.
2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting P. 393
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 382 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
383
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List, then Add
Bluetooth Device.
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Options... and Refresh to search
again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Options... to select Device Not Found?
and search for Bluetooth devices using
your phone. From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the
information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 383 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
384
Features
■
To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select Connect to Phone, Connect to
Audio, or Connect Both, then press .
■
To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Pairing Code.
3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,
then press .
1To change the pairing code setting
The pairing code may be four or six digits depending
on your phone.
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 384 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
385
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To replace an already-paired phone
with a new phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a paired phone you
want to replace, then press .
4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,
then press .
5. HFL enters the pairing process for a new
phone.
u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone
The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial
entries, and security PIN information from the
previously paired phone.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 385 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
386
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a paired phone
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,
then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 386 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
387
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message function
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Enable Text/Email.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
To turn on or off the text/e-mail
message notice
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select New Text/Email
Alert.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
1To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option
To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a
Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of
compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special
feature capabilities:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
Some text/e-mail message features may not be
available depending on a cellular phone.
1To turn on or off the text/e-mail message notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new text message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 387 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
388
Features
■
To set up the auto reading option
*
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Message Auto
Reading.
4. Press to select On or Off.
1To set up the auto reading option
*
On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud.
Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 388 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
389
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
add a security PIN to, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press .
5. Enter a new four-digit number.
u Select to delete. Select of the
right side upper screen, the screen
returns to the previous screen.
6. Select OK to enter the security PIN.
7. Re-enter the four-digit number.
u The screen returns to the screen in step
4.
■
To Create a Security PIN
1To Create a Security PIN
If the phone is already security PIN protected, you
need to enter the current security PIN before clearing
the PIN or creating a new one.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
X
X
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 389 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
390
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Edit the user name of a paired phone as
follows:
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Bluetooth Device List.
3. Rotate to select a phone you want to
edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Edit Device Name,
then press .
5. Enter a new name of the phone.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
to enter the name,
then select OK.
■
Editing User Name
*
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 390 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
391
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer.
4. Press to select On or Off.
You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Answer.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
Automatic Transferring
■
Auto Answer
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 391 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
392
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Ring
Tone.
3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone
or Off, then press .
You can display a caller’s picture on an incoming call screen.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Use Contact Photo.
4. Press to select On or Off.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: Depending on the make and model
of the cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone
will sound if the phone is connected.
Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.
■
Use Contact Photo
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 392 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
393
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to HFL.
■
Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
Automatic Phone Sync.
3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Preference
Home
Mobile
Work
Pager
Fax
Car
Other
Voice
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 393 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
394
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Rotate to
select Yes or No, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say “Call” and
the voice tag name.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 394 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
395
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Record, then press .
5. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
5. Press .
u Using the button, follow the prompts
to complete the voice tag.
6. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select OK, then
press .
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
Models without navigation system
Models with navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 395 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
396
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Edit, then press .
4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press
.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Clear, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
■
To delete a speed dial
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Edit
Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, rotate to
select Delete, then press .
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 396 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
397
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Add phonetic modifications or a new voice tag to the phone’s contact name so that
it is easier for HFL to recognize voice commands.
■
To add a new voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select New Voice Tag, then
press .
■
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
*
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
*
You can store up to 20 phonetic modification items.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 397 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
398
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
7. Move or and rotate to select a
contact name, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
8. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
9. Press .
u Using the button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
10. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select OK,
then press .
11. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
12. Rotate to select OK, then press .
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 398 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
399
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To modify a voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings,
then press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook
Phonetic Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want
to add phonetic modification to, then
press .
5. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to modify, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the
screen.
6. Rotate to select Modify, then press
.
7. Press .
u Using the button, follow the
prompts to complete the voice tag.
8. You will receive a confirmation message
on the screen. Rotate to select OK,
then press .
9. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
10. Rotate to select OK, then press .
1Phonebook Phonetic Modification
*
You can only modify or delete contact names for the
currently connected phone.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 399 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
400
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To delete a modified voice tag
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate to select a contact name you
want to delete, then press .
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u Items to be deleted are indicated with a
trash icon.
7. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
8. Rotate to select OK, then press .
Trash Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 400 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
401
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■
To delete all modified voice tags
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select System Settings, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Phonebook Phonetic
Modification, then press .
4. Rotate to select the phone you want to
delete phonetic modification, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Options..., then press
.
6. Rotate to select Delete All, then press
.
7. You will receive a confirmation message on
the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 401 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
402
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name,
or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.
Press the button and say “Call” and the voice tag
name, “Call by name” and the phonebook name, or
“Call” and the phone number.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 402 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
403
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. Rotate to select a contact name, then
press .
u The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
You can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial
number, phonebook name, or number using voice
commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 394
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for a partial match search.
You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-
Use Display
TM
for an alphabetical search.
Models with navigation system
Models without navigation system
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 403 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
404
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the On Demand
Multi-Use Display
TM
for entering
numbers.
4. Select .
■
To make a call using redial
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 404 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
405
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All
*1
, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Move or to select All
*1
, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
*1: This function may not be available depending on a cellular phone.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)
These icons next to the number indicate the
following:
: Dialed calls.
: Received calls.
: Missed calls.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 405 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
406
Features
■
To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
Rotate to select More Speed Dials to view
another paired phone’s speed dial list. You can make
a call from that list using the currently connected
phone.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button to
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 394
Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name
or number can be dialed by voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 406 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
407
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer
it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 407 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
408
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Phone Call Active - Transfer to Mobile:
Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer to Mobile: Transfer a call from HFL
to your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
The available options are shown on the On
Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
.
Select the option.
u The Mute icon is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Touch Tones: Available on some phones.
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
Mute Icon
Information Screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 408 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the
message, then press .
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, press
.
■
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text and e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to
On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail message
notice P. 387
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 409 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
410
Features
If a paired phone has text or e-mail message accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select Bluetooth/Phone
Settings, then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select Select
Account.
3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an
e-mail message account you want, then
press .
■
Selecting a Text/E-mail Message Account
1Selecting a Text/E-mail Message Account
You can also select an e-mail message account from
the folder list screen or the message list screen.
Rotate to select Select Account, then press .
You can only receive notifications from one text or
e-mail message account at a time.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 410 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Displaying text messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
4. Rotate to select View Full Message.
5. Press to display the full text of the
message.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The icon appears next to an unread message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, move or
on the text message screen.
Message List
Text Message
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 411 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
412
Features
■
Displaying e-mail messages
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a folder, then press .
4. Rotate to select a message, then press
.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
5. Rotate to select View Full Message.
6. Press to display the full text of the
message.
1Displaying e-mail messages
Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the
message list screen at the same time. In this case, text
messages are titled No Subject.
Folder List
Message List
E-mail
Message
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 412 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
413
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 411
2. Rotate to select Stop Reading
Messages.
3. Press to stop reading.
Press again to start reading the message
from the beginning.
■
Reply to a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 411
2. Rotate to select Reply, then press .
3. Rotate to select the reply message, then
press .
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
•
Talk to you later, I’m driving.
•
I’m on my way.
•
I’m running late.
•
OK
•
Yes
•
No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
•
U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.com/Acura, or call 1-
888-528-7876.
•
Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-855-490-7351.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 413 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
414
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■
Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying text messages P. 411
2. Rotate to select Call, then press .
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 414 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
415
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
Provides a nationwide service for unexpected incidents. You can call for assistance
using a phone paired and connected to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Rotate to select Roadside Assistance,
then press .
3. Rotate to select a phone number, then
press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■
Roadside Assistance
*
1Roadside Assistance
*
If you are subscribed to a paid AcuraLink package,
you can call roadside assistance using the LINK
button instead of your phone.
2 AcuraLink®
*
P. 416
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 415 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
416
Features
AcuraLink®
*
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, one-on-one operator
assistance, and the transmission of important messages regarding your vehicle’s
status.
For information on traffic rerouting and traffic information updates, provided by the
AcuraLink server, see the Navigation System Manual.
■
Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle will automatically attempt to
connect to the AcuraLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.
■
In Case of Emergency
1AcuraLink®
*
AcuraLink also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to AcuraLink, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an Acura
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
Canadian models
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the operator
if the battery level is low, the line is disconnected, or you
do not have adequate cellular coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
•
You travel outside the AcuraLink service coverage
areas.
•
There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the ASSIST button, microphone, speakers,
or the unit itself.
•
You are not subscribed to the service or your
subscription is no longer valid.
You cannot operate other navigation or phone
related functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
Information screen
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
When connected to the AcuraLink
operator:
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 416 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
417
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
Features
■
Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the AcuraLink operator
in an emergency situation, you can manually
connect to them by pressing the ASSIST
button with the power mode in ACCESSORY
or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the AcuraLink
operator.
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
In an emergency, the cover can be broken through to
press the ASSIST button.
ASSIST Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 417 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
418
Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can track your vehicle’s location,
remotely lock or unlock doors, and help you find your vehicle.
To use these features, you need your user ID and personal identification number
(PIN).
■
Stolen vehicle tracking
This feature searches and tracks down your vehicle position even if it is on the move.
If you believe that your vehicle has been stolen, contact the police as well as the
provider.
■
Remote door lock/unlock
The provider can remotely lock or unlock doors upon your request.
■
Vehicle finder
This feature is convenient to use when trying to locate your vehicle in large areas,
such as a crowded parking lot. If you cannot locate your vehicle after using the
remote transmitter’s answerback function, you can contact the provider which can
then flash your vehicle’s exterior lights and sound the horn.
■
Security alarm notification
If the security system in your vehicle detects an abnormal condition, such as
someone tampering with the lock on your vehicle, the provider notifies you by your
preferred method.
■
Security Features
1Security Features
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
AcuraLink. If you forget any of the above, contact a
dealer, or visit owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada).
You can also activate the remote door lock/unlock
and vehicle finder features from the Internet or using
your smartphone app. Ask a dealer, or visit
owners.acura.com (U.S.) or www.acura.ca/owners/
acuralink (Canada) for details.
1Vehicle finder
The lights will stop flashing and horn will stop
sounding under the following conditions:
•
When 30 seconds have elapsed.
•
You unlock the doors using the remote transmitter.
•
You unlock the doors using the keyless access
system.
•
You unlock the doors using the built-in key.
•
The power mode is set to ACCESSORY or ON.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 418 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
419
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
Features
Connect to the AcuraLink operator when trying to find a destination or for roadside
assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select End Call or press
the (Hang-up/back) button on the
steering wheel.
■
Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
LINK Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 419 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
420
Features
AcuraLink sends you messages on vehicle
features, safety and emissions recall
campaigns, maintenance reminders, and
diagnostic information.
When you receive a new message, an icon
appears on the information screen.
■
Message category
There are six message categories.
• Feature Guide: Appears for the first 30 days of ownership, introducing vehicle
features each day.
• Quick Tips: Supplements your Owner’s Manual with updated vehicle
information.
• Diagnostic Information: Appears when a warning indicator or message comes
on.
Rotate to select Check Later or Check Now.
u Selecting Check Now lets you know if you should see a dealer immediately or
later in accordance with the warning severity level.
• Scheduled Dealer Appointment: An appointment made through the Acura
server or Acura Owners website can be rescheduled or canceled from this option.
2 P. 422
• Maintenance Minder: Lets you know which maintenance item is due along with
a reminder message.
• Recalls/Campaigns: Reminds you of a recall or important safety information.
You should also be notified by mail.
■
AcuraLink Message
1AcuraLink Message
Messages may not appear immediately after your
vehicle purchase. It can take several days for your
dealer to register your vehicle’s ID.
If an icon includes an exclamation point, it indicates
that Acura gives high priority to this message
compared to the one without.
•
: An unread message with high priority
•
: An unread message
Message Icon
1Message category
Message categories can be added, edited, or deleted
through broadcast messages from Acura.
You can call your dealer, find the nearest dealer, or
schedule appointments from the message options in
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, and
Diagnostic Information.
2 Message Options P. 421
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 420 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
421
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
Features
■
Reading a message
1. Press the INFO button or press , follow
the message on the information screen.
2. Rotate to select AcuraLink/Messages,
then press .
u AcuraLink messages appears.
3. Rotate to select a category, then press
.
u If there are unread messages in a
category, a message icon appears next to
that category.
4. Rotate to select a message you want to
read, then press .
■
Message Options
While a message is displayed, you can use options to take immediate action to the
message.
Available options are:
• Read Messages Aloud: Reads the message aloud. Select Stop Reading
Messages to cancel it.
• View Full Message: Displays the entire message.
• Phone number: Dials a number displayed in the message via HFL.
• Delete: Deletes the displayed message.
• Call Your Dealer: Calls your Acura dealer using HFL.
• Find Acura Dealer: Searches for the nearest Acura dealer.
• Roadside Assistance: Makes a call to the number for the Roadside Assistance
service.
• Schedule Dealer Appoi…: Automatically sets an appointment date at your
dealer.
1Reading a message
If there is no message listed on the menu, each
category items are grayed out and cannot be
selected.
The message icon disappears once you read the
message.
However, the exclamation mark that indicates that
the message has a high priority remains.
•
: A read message with high priority.
1Message Options
The available options vary by message category.
You can delete all messages in a category at once.
2 Customized Features P. 316
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 421 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
422
Features
■
Dealer Appointments
You can confirm the scheduled appointment date when you receive a
Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, or Diagnostic Information
message, or reschedule any existing appointments.
1. Select a Maintenance Minder, Recalls/Campaigns, Diagnostic Information,
or Scheduled Dealer Appointment message.
2. Rotate to select Schedule Dealer Appoi… or Reschedule Appoint…
(depending on the screen). Press .
u A suggested time and date are displayed.
3. Rotate to select Confirm Appointment. Press to accept the time and
date.
4. Press to select OK.
1Dealer Appointments
To set up an automated dealer appointment when a
regular maintenance is due, visit the Acura Owners
website at owners.acura.com (U.S.) or
www.acura.ca/owners/acuralink (Canada), and set
the required option. A reminder message will be sent
as the date for the dealer appointment approaches. A
reminder message will also be sent if you schedule an
appointment online using Schedule Service
Appointment function.
If you are not satisfied with the proposed
appointment date and time, call your dealer directly.
To cancel the scheduled appointment, select Cancel
Appointment when a message is displayed.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 422 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
423
uuAcuraLink®
*
u
Features
You can confirm your AcuraLink subscription status.
1. Press the SETTINGS button.
2. Rotate to select AcuraLink Settings,
then press .
u Repeat the procedure to select
AcuraLink Subscription Status.
■
AcuraLink Subscription Status
Signal Strength
Item Information
You can check the signal strength.
Current Contract The AcuraLink subscription number and subscription level is
displayed.
Service You can confirm the type of service.
Subscription You can confirm the expiration date.
Status The following message can be displayed:
●
Check Antenna: There is a problem with the AcuraLink
antenna. Contact a dealer.
●
No Signal: Signal is not received.
●
No data: The signal is received, but some error has occurred
in the system.
●
OK: The system is receiving the signal or traffic data
*
.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 423 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
424
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 424 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
This page intentionally left blank.
425
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving................................... 426
Maximum Load Limit........................ 429
Towing a Trailer................................ 431
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 432
Dual Clutch Transmission ................. 438
Shifting............................................ 439
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System............... 443
Blind spot information System
*
...........445
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .. 448
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 450
AcuraWatch
TM
................................... 452
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ....................................... 455
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)......... 466
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).... 481
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System .491
Front Sensor Camera ....................... 496
Radar Sensor.................................... 498
Braking
Brake System ................................... 499
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 501
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 503
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
..................... 505
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 508
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 510
How to Refuel ................................. 511
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 513
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing
CO
2
Emissions................................ 513
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 425 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
426
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 542
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you've parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also, check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 426 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
427
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 429
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 124
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 158
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 162
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Mirrors P. 156
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 153
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 427 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
428
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver's ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 37
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 72
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 428 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
429
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the Tire
and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 606
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 606
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 429 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
430
Driving
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 431
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)
Example2
Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 430 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
431
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Behind a Motorhome
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 603
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 431 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
432
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Check that the transmission is in
(P, then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in
(N, it is safer to start it in (P.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell
exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Brake Pedal
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 432 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
433
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting the Engine
Bring the keyless remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless
remote is weak.
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
P. 588
The engine may not start if the keyless remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before starting the engine again.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 132
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 433 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
434
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless remote from extended
distances.
■
To start the engine
The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute
extension request was transmitted successfully.
After pressing the button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that
the all the doors and the trunk are locked.
■
Remote Engine Start
*
1Remote Engine Start
*
The remote engine start may violate local laws.
Before using the remote engine start, check your
local laws.
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
•
You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
•
The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
•
The transmission is in a position other than (P.
•
The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is
unlocked.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press
and hold the button.
Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Continues to blink
during a vehicle
self check until the
engine starts.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Green LED: Comes on while
the engine is running.
Red LED: Blinks when the
remote is out of the keyless
access system range.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 434 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
435
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
■
To stop the engine
1Remote Engine Start
*
•
You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
•
Another registered keyless remote is in the vehicle.
•
There is any antenna failure.
•
The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
•
The engine oil pressure is low.
•
The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
•
The telematics
*
unit malfunctions.
•
The security system alarm is not set.
Before starting the engine, make sure to check the
door lock status using the remote. When you press
the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If
the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not
lock, and the engine does not start.
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
•
The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode.
When it is cold outside:
•
The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
•
The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
•
The seat heater is activated.
2 Seat Heaters P. 174
Press and hold the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Amber LED: Blinks when any
button is pressed.
Red LED:
●
Comes on for one second to let you
know that the engine has stopped.
●
Blinks when the remote is out of
the keyless access system range.
The engine will not stop.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 435 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
436
Driving
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal, then press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.
3. Put the transmission into
(D. Select (R when reversing.
4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.
■
Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Put the transmission into
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
When the engine was started using the keyless remote
*
When the engine was started in any case
1Hill Start Assist System
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 436 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
437
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not select
(N while driving as you will lose engine
braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km)
after purchasing your new vehicle or replacing the
brake pads or rotors, to allow for proper break-in.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 437 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
438
uuWhen DrivinguDual Clutch Transmission
Driving
Dual Clutch Transmission
When the engine runs at higher idle speeds, the creeping force increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
The following can damage the under spoiler:
•
Parking the vehicle by a parking block
•
Parallel parking along the road shoulder
•
Driving towards the bottom of a hill
•
Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
•
Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
•
Driving on a road with potholes.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 438 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
439
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.
■
Shift lever positions
1Shift lever positions
You cannot change the power mode from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in
(P.
The vehicle may move very slightly even in
(N while
the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
Park
Used when parking, before turning off or
starting the engine
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive
Used:
●
For normal driving (gears change between 1st
and 8th automatically)
●
When temporarily driving in the sequential mode
Drive (S)
Used for:
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 7th (7th gear is used only at high speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
Release Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 439 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
440
Driving
■
Shift Lever Operation
1Shifting
NOTICE
When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving,
a blinking transmission system indicator indicates a
transmission problem.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer's red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the shift
lever is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut
off even without the engine speed entering the
tachometer’s red zone.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.
Shift Lever Position Indicator
(transmission system indicator)
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever
release button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.
Press the shift lever release button and shift.
Tachometer’s red zone
Gear Position Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 440 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
441
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without releasing your
hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.
■
When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the gear position
indicator will come on.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
■
When the transmission is in (S:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the
vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift up,
even if vehicle speed increases.
If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine
speed approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up
to the next gear.
When switching out of the sequential mode, move the shift lever from
(S to (D.
When the sequential mode is canceled, the M indicator and gear position indicator
will turn off.
■
Sequential Mode
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 441 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
442
Driving
■
Second gear lock mode
If you pull the
(+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less,
the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on
slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.
To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the
(- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever
from (S to (D.
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to
shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not
in its allowable gear range.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
Downshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a lower gear)
Upshifting when pulling
the paddle shifter.
(Changes to a higher gear)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 442 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
443
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic brake system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 443 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
444
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 444 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
445
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Continued
Driving
Blind spot information System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■
How the system works
1Blind spot information System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Overreliance on blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not
Available multi-information display appearing.
•
The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
●
The transmission is in (D or (S.
●
Your vehicle speed is between 20 mph
(32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 9.5 ft. (2.9 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath the
rear bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 445 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
446
Driving
■
When the system detects a vehicle
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located on the outside rearview mirror on
both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
1Blind spot information System
*
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
•
A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
•
A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
•
An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
•
A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the blind spot
information system alert using the information screen
or multi-information display.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
The system is not active when the shift lever is in
(R.
Blind spot information system may be adversely
affected when:
•
Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
•
An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
•
Driving on a curved road.
•
A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
•
The system picks up external electrical interference.
Comes On
Blinks
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 446 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
447
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Driving
1Blind spot information System
*
•
The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed.
•
The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
•
In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For a proper blind spot information system operation:
•
Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
•
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
•
Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 447 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
448
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle's tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the multi-information display.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 599
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
•
Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
•
Cold weather can become overinflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of overinflation.
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 448 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
449
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, set the
power mode to ON, and press the
(information) button until you see the tire
pressure screen.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi
(U.S.) or kPa (Canada).
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the multi-information
display can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message
on the multi-information display do not go off after
you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure,
have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire
*
, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 449 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
450
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's
handling and stopping ability.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 450 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
451
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 451 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
452
Driving
AcuraWatch
TM
AcuraWatch
TM
is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors: a radar sensor located behind the emblem and a front
sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield, behind the rearview
mirror.
AcuraWatch
TM
has following functions.
■
The functions which do not require button operations to activate
• Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
2 P. 455
• Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
2 P. 491
■
The functions which require button operations to activate
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
2 P. 466
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
2 P. 481
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 452 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
453
uuAcuraWatch
TM
u
Continued
Driving
■
MAIN Button
Press to activate standby mode for ACC and
LKAS. Or press to cancel these systems.
■
LKAS Button
Press to activate or cancel the LKAS.
■
RES/ACCEL / DECEL/SET Button
Press RES/ACCEL to resume the ACC or
increase the vehicle speed.
Press DECEL/SET to set the ACC or decrease
the vehicle speed.
■
Interval Button
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC following-interval.
■
CANCEL Button
Press to cancel ACC.
■
Operation Buttons for the ACC/LKAS
MAIN Button
CANCEL Button
Interval
Button
LKAS
Button
RES/ACCEL /
DECEL/SET Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 453 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
454
uuAcuraWatch
TM
u
Driving
You can see the current state of ACC and
LKAS.
■
Multi-Information Display Content
a
Indicates that ACC and LKAS are ready to
be activated.
b
Indicates that LKAS is activated and
whether or not traffic lane lines are
detected.
c
Indicates whether or not a vehicle is
detected ahead.
d
Shows the set vehicle speed.
e
Shows the set vehicle interval.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 454 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
455
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The system can assist you when it determines there is a possibility of your vehicle
colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of your vehicle. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when the potential for a collision is determined, as well as to
reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collisions
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 460
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 455 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
456
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
How the system works
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) or above and will search for a vehicle in front of you.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian
detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance
of a collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
When to use
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 456 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
457
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
When the system activates
You can change the distance (Long/Normal/Short) between vehicles at which the
system’s earliest collision alert will come on through multi-information display or
information screen setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 102, 322
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 460
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops
if the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change
lanes, etc.)
Beep
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 457 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
458
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors detect a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle
ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible
alerts come on at a longer distance
from a vehicle ahead than in
Normal setting, and in Short, at a
shorter distance than in Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a collision is
unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 458 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
459
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the multi-information display
reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 460
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 459 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
460
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 460 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
461
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 461 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
462
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 462 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
463
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meter) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
■
Automatic shutoff
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and
stays on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (incorrect tire sizes, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused the CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed
(e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 463 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
464
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■
When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■
At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 464 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
465
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■
On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■
Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■
Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 465 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
466
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake lights will
illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.
For directions on the proper handling of the radar
sensor, refer to the following page.
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when driving on expressways
or freeways and in good road and weather
conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22
mph (35 km/h), ACC will automatically
cancel and no longer will apply your
vehicle’s brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.
When to use
■
Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h)
■
Shift positions for ACC: In
(D or (S.
The radar sensor is
behind the emblem.
The camera is
located behind the
rearview mirror.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 466 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
467
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
■
How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC and
the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either
turned on or off.
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 471
When not using ACC: Turn off adaptive cruise by
pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
Do not use ACC under the following conditions:
•
On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
•
On roads with sharp turns.
•
On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain
the set speed.
•
On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
■
Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
ACC (green) is on in the
instrument panel.
ACC is ready to use.
How to use
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 467 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
468
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the button, the set
speed is fixed, and ACC begins.
u When ACC starts operating, the vehicle
icon, interval bars and set speed appear
on the multi-information display.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
On when ACC
begins
Press and release
DECEL/SET Button
Set Vehicle Speed
Set Vehicle Interval
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 468 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
469
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
■
There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 475
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down
abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in
front of you, the beeper sounds and a message
appears on the multi-information display.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Beep
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
multi-information display
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 469 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
470
Driving
■
There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC accelerates your vehicle to
the set speed, and then maintains it.
■
When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alerts even if a vehicle is in the ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes the set speed.
There are times when the vehicle speed will decrease when the accelerator pedal is
lightly applied.
1When in Operation
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
•
The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
•
A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC
detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 471
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the multi-
information display
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 470 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
471
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
2 Radar Sensor P. 498
■
Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■
Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■
Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC Conditions and Limitations
1ACC Conditions and Limitations
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 471 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
472
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
■
Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 472 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
473
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Continued
Driving
• When driving through a narrow metal bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
Sensor detects upper section
of an empty carrier truck.
Panel truck, tanker
truck, etc.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 473 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
474
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET buttons
on the steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about
5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display or
information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
To increase speed
To decrease speed
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 474 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
475
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Continued
Driving
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through extra
long, long, middle, and short following-
intervals.
Determine the most appropriate following-
interval setting based on your specific driving
conditions. Be sure to adhere to any
following-interval requirements set by local
regulation.
■
To Set or Change Following-interval
Interval Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 475 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
476
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
Following-interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
84 feet
26 meters
1.1 sec
102 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
111 feet
34 meters
1.5 sec
139 feet
43 meters
1.5 sec
Long
155 feet
48 meters
2.1 sec
202 feet
62 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
215 feet
66 meters
3.0 sec
285 feet
87 meters
3.0 sec
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 476 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
477
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
To cancel ACC, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
u ACC indicator goes off.
• Depress the brake pedal.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC, you can resume the prior set speed
while it is still displayed. Press the RES/ACCEL button
when driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h)
or more.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press
the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the
desired speed.
CANCEL
Button
MAIN
Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 477 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
478
Driving
■
Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC to
automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
• When the radar sensor behind the emblem gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS, VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC has been automatically canceled,
you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the
condition that caused ACC to cancel improves, then
press the RES/ACCEL button.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 478 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
479
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the multi-information display for two seconds,
and then the mode switches to Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the
button again for one second. ACC Mode
Selected appears on the multi-information
display for two seconds.
■
When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h).
Take your foot off the pedal and press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the
desired speed.
The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
Each time you press the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button, the vehicle speed is
increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed
increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
■
To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following-interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the multi-information display or
information screen between mph and km/h.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
ACC ON
Cruise
Control ON
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 479 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
480
Driving
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/
ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25
mph (40 km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
•
When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h).
•
When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 480 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
481
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides visual alert if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Multi-Information Display Warning and
Information Messages P. 91
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 488
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
■
Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■
Front Sensor Camera
Monitors the lane lines
■
Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the
steering wheel and a
warning display alert you
that the vehicle is drifting
out of a detected lane.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 481 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
482
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 482 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
483
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■
When the System can be Used
1When the System can be Used
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 483 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
484
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■
How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS is on in the multi-information
display.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the multi-
information display.
The system is activated.
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The lane outlines change to solid ones
once the system starts operating after
detecting the left and right lane
markings.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 484 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
485
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 485 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
486
Driving
■
The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
1The system operation is suspended if you:
You can change the setting for the LKAS.
LKAS suspended beep On and Off can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the multi-
information display change to
lane outlines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
All models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 486 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
487
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■
The LKAS may be automatically suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■
The LKAS may be automatically canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 487 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
488
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of the lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 488 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
489
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 489 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
490
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
(or yellow) lines.
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
Lane void of lines at exit or
interchange
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 490 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
491
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to
detected lane markings without a turn signal
activated, the system, in addition to a visual
alert, applies steering torque and alerts you
with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to
help you remain within the detected lane.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message
appears on the multi-information display.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 494
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 491 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
492
Driving
The system activates when all the following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 80
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
•
Not driven within a traffic lane.
•
Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
•
Driven in a narrow lane.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 492 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
493
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the multi-
information display when the system is
on.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the multi-information
display or information screen
*
, the system does not
operate the steering wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 99, 316
RDM Button
Indicator
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 493 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
494
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■
Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 494 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
495
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■
Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
(or yellow) lines.
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■
Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (incorrect sizes, varied sizes or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire
*
, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 495 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
496
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uFront Sensor Camera
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to
detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate their functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even
minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision or
installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 496 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
497
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uFront Sensor Camera
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
•
Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
•
Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
•
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and make sure the
windshield is clean. Clean the windshield if it is
dirty. If the message does not disappear after
driven for a while, have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 497 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
498
uuAcuraWatch
TM
uRadar Sensor
Driving
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is behind the emblem.
1Radar Sensor
Avoid strong impacts to the radar sensor cover.
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
•
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
•
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder
for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water
or a mild detergent.
•
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by using the CMBS
TM
off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 459
If the vehicle is involved in any of the following
situations, the radar sensor may not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
•
Your vehicle is involved in a frontal collision
•
Your vehicle drives through deep water or is
submerged in deep water
•
Your vehicle strongly strikes a bump, curb, chock,
or embankment that could jar the radar sensor
Radar
Sensor
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 498 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
499
Continued
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.
To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
NOTICE
Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and Release
Parking Brake appears on the multi-information
display.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.
Release Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 499 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuBrakinguBrake System
500
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 502
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 501
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 500 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
501
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you can.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■
ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the incorrect size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking will not be affected, there is a
possibility that the ABS will not be operating. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
•
You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
•
The tires are equipped with tire chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
•
Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
•
Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 501 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
502
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■
Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 502 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
503
Continued
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Change the shift position to
(P.
4. Turn off the engine.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P
is shown
on the shift lever position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
•
Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
•
Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
•
Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 503 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
504
Driving
Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 504 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
505
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Continued
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not detect
an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
back up the vehicle before doing so may
result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors, and
look behind and to the sides of your vehicle
before reversing.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 505 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
506
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor is turned on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 507
2 Customized Features P. 316
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross traffic monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
•
An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
•
Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
•
A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
•
The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
•
Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
•
When there is bad weather.
•
Your vehicle is on an incline.
•
Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
•
Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly
repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 506 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
507
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the information
screen.
You can switch the system on and off from
the customized feature on the information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 316
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud, snow or ice,
etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the
sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on in amber when the transmission
is in
(R, there may be a problem with the Cross
Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and
have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
Wide View Top Down View
Arrow Icon
Normal View
Icon
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 507 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
508
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen
*
or information screen
*
can display your vehicle’s rear
view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is
put into
(R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 316
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Off: Guidelines do not appear.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.
Models with two displays
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines
Bumper
Camera
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
Approx. 39 inches
(1 m)
Approx. 20 inches
(50 cm)
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 508 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
509
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display. Press the
selector knob to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide or Normal view mode, the same mode is
selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used before you turned the power mode to OFF,
Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the
transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you change
from
(R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 509 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
510
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■
Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the
engine and will result in decreased engine performance.
Use of a gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.
■
Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid buildup of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In
Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more
information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)
Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 510 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
511
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Continued
Driving
How to Refuel
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at
the foot of the driver’s seat.
u The fuel fill door opens.
4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.
1How to Refuel
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Push
Cap
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 511 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
512
Driving
5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
u If you do not fill up the tank to full,
always add a minimum of 1.3 US gal
(5.0 L) of fuel.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
If you repeatedly fill the tank with less than the
specified minimum amount of fuel, the malfunction
indicator lamp may come on. If this happens, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Cap
Holder
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 512 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
513
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
multi-information display.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 526
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle's underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
https://www.nrcan.gc.ca and search for “fuel
consumption testing” in the search field at the top of
the page.
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
L per 100 km
Kilometers
driven
Liters of
fuel
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 513 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
514
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 514 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
This page intentionally left blank.
515
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 516
Safety When Performing Maintenance..517
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 518
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 519
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 524
Opening the Hood ........................... 525
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 526
Oil Check......................................... 527
Adding Engine Oil............................ 528
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ...529
Engine Coolant................................ 531
Transmission Fluid............................ 533
Brake Fluid....................................... 534
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 534
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 535
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 540
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 542
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 543
Tire Labeling .................................... 543
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..545
Wear Indicators................................ 547
Tire Service Life................................ 547
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 548
Tire Rotation.................................... 549
Winter Tires ..................................... 550
Battery............................................... 551
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Remote Battery .......... 552
Climate Control System Maintenance
..554
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 555
Exterior Care.................................... 558
Accessories and Modifications ........ 561
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 515 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
516
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.
■
Routine inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
2 Maintenance P. 23
■
Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 534
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 542
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 535
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 540
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the multi-information display (MID).
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 522
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.acura.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 616
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 516 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
517
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot
warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance.
Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner's manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner's manual.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 517 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
518
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same
high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 518 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
519
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON.
The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 519 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
520
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the multi-information display.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button repeatedly until the Oil Life appears on the multi-
information display.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the multi-information display.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 522
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
Button
Remaining Engine
Oil Life
Maintenance
Service Items
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 520 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
521
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information
Display
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
—
When you select the Maintenance Minder
screen, it displays codes for maintenance
items due at the next engine oil change,
along with the percentage of engine oil
life remaining.
—
Maintenance Due Soon 15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display by
pressing the (information)
button, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil has almost reached
the end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed
its service life, and a negative distance
appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S.
models) or 10 km (Canadian models).
Press the button to switch to
another display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced
immediately.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 521 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
522
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
•
Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.
•
Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder
Message
System Message
Indicator
Main Item
Sub Items
*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A
●
Replace engine oil
*1
B
●
Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
●
Inspect front and rear brakes
●
Check parking brake adjustment
●
Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle
●
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
●
Inspect suspension components
●
Inspect driveshaft boots
●
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA®)
●
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
●
Inspect exhaust system
#
●
Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 40,000 miles (64,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km).
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1
●
Rotate tires
2
●
Replace air cleaner element
*2
●
Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
●
Inspect drive belt
3
●
Replace transmission fluid
*4
4
●
Replace spark plugs
●
Inspect valve clearance
5
●
Replace engine coolant
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 522 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
523
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to Vehicle Settings, then go to the Maintenance Info. group.
2 Customized Features P. 99
3. Press the SEL/RESET button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.
4. Select Reset with the button, then press the SEL/RESET button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then press the SEL/RESET button.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.
You can also reset the engine oil life display using the
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 316
Models with two displays
SEL/RESET Button
Button
Maintenance Item Codes
Engine Oil Life
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 523 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
524
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 524 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
525
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Push the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center) to
the side and raise the hood. Once you have
raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Pull
Hood Release Handle
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 525 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
526
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine's
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use Acura Genuine Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■
Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Acura Genuine Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 526 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
527
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 527 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
528
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil Fill Cap
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 528 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
529
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine's lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi-
information display.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the screws on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Under Cover Screw
Drain Bolt
Washer
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 529 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
530
Maintenance
5. Remove the screws and remove the rid.
6. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
7. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
8. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
9. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
10. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
11. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
12. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
13. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Screw
Rid
Oil Filter
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 530 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
531
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Acura engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in
corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction
or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled
with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 531 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
532
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 532 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
533
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the dual clutch transmission fluid yourself.
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0
1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other
transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE
2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability
of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the
transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not
covered by Acura’s new vehicle limited warranty.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 533 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
534
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by
looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the multi-information display.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not
overflow the reservoir.
Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
MIN
MAX
Brake Reserve Tank
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle's paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale buildup.
U.S. models
Canadian models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 534 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
535
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlights
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
Front Turn Signal, Parking/Daytime Running and
Front Side Marker Lights
Front turn signal, parking/daytime running and front side marker lights are LED type.
Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Fog Lights
*
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the
light assembly.
1Headlights
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 535 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
536
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights
Maintenance
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker Lights
Taillights, brake and rear side marker lights are LED type. Have an authorized Acura
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip
screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the mounting bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
Cover
Bolts
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 536 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
537
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
4. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
5. Insert a new bulb.
Socket
Bulb
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 537 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
538
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 16 W
Clips
Socket
Bulb
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 538 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
539
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulb
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light Bulb
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the lens by prying on the edge of
the lens using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
Bulb
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 539 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
540
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks, become noisy, and
the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.
2. Pry on the edge of the lock tab using a flat-
tip screwdriver to push it up.
Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to
prevent scratches.
3. Slide the holder off the wiper arm.
1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
Lock Tab
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 540 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
541
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper Blades uChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Slide the wiper blade out of the holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.
5. Remove the retainers from the wiper blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new wiper blade.
u Correctly align the wiper blade
protrusion and the retainer grooves.
6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
7. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm, then
push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
Blade
Retainer
Blade
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 541 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
542
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■
Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1–2 psi (10–20
kPa, 0.1–0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■
Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 547
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 542 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
543
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a
The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b
The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c
The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d
The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P215/45R17 87V
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
215: Tire width in millimeters.
45: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
87: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 543 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling
544
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer's identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 544 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
545
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 545 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
546
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 546 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
547
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is about 1/16 inch (about 1.6 mm)
shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the
tread has worn so that the indicator is
exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires
have poor traction on wet roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
1Checking Tires
High speed driving
We recommend that you do not drive faster than the
posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive
at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h),
adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to
avoid excessive heat buildup and sudden tire failure.
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch tires
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch tires
Tire Size
225/40R18 92V
*1
P215/45R17 87V
*2
Pressure
Front 38 psi (260 kPa, 2.6 kgf/cm
2
)
Rear 36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm
2
)
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 547 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
548
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Whenever you have a tire replaced or reset, make sure that the rubber valve stem is
replaced and that the TPMS sensor is transferred from the old valve stem to the new
one.
If you replace a wheel, make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the
original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 548 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
549
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information
display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■
Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■
Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Direction Mark
Front
Front
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 549 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
550
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer's instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1032
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1036
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle's brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 550 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
551
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the multi-information display will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 184
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 110
Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle's electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last.
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Battery
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 551 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
552
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Remote Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the keyless remote.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Remote Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Models without remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 552 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
553
uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Remote Battery
Maintenance
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
u It may be helpful to lightly place masking
tape over the remote buttons to hold
them in place.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the transmitter.
3. Press down on the center of the assembly
and remove the battery.
u When removing the button battery, be
careful not to touch parts around it.
4. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Remote Battery
NOTICE
The Remote transmitter is equipped with two
batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin
button battery and an integral non-replaceable
rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage
to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032
battery every three to four years.
Models with remote control engine start system
Models with remote control engine start system
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 553 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
554
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Climate Control System Maintenance
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 70
2 Specifications P. 606
Canadian models
: Caution
: Flammable
Refrigerant
: Requires Registered
Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning
System
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 554 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
555
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 555 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
556
Maintenance
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
The front and rear floor mats hook over floor
anchors, which keep them from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Floor Mats
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light
*
sensor.
2 Automatic Operation (automatic lighting
control) P. 144
2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
P. 151
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 496
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mat properly. If not
properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere with
the front seat functions.
Unlock
Lock
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 556 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
557
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 557 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
558
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
■
Washing the Vehicle
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Air Intake Vents
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 558 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
559
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 559 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
560
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 560 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
561
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 600
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle's handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner's
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 561 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
562
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Acura parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Acura has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 562 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
563
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 564
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 565
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 580
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 587
If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak.. 588
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 589
If the Battery Is Dead ....................... 590
Jump Starting Procedure .................. 590
Models with a compact spare tire
Shift Lever Does Not Move.............. 593
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 594
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On................................................ 596
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 596
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks..................................... 597
If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On.................................. 598
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On......................... 598
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 599
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 600
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 602
Emergency Towing........................... 603
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 563 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
564
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the cargo area.
Jack
Tool Case
Wheel Nut Wrench/Jack Handle
Jack Handle Bar
Models with a compact spare tire
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 564 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
565
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the
vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can
use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station
for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or roadside assistance to
have the vehicle towed.
•
The tire sealant has expired.
•
More than one tire is punctured.
•
The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
•
The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the contact area.
•
Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.
•
The tire bead is no longer seated.
•
The rim is damaged.
Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.
NOTICE
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the
one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If
a different agent is used, you may permanently
damage the tire pressure sensor.
When the puncture is: Kit Use
Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
Yes
Larger than 3/16 inch
(4 mm)
No
Contact
Area
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 565 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
566
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
■
Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Repair notification label and speed restriction label
are applied to the side of the temporary tire repair kit.
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
Pressure Gauge
AIR
Power Plug
Pressure Relief Button
Repair Notification Label
Instruction Manual
Sealant/Air Hose
REPAIR
Inflator Switch
Speed Restriction Label
Selector Knob
U.S. Canada U.S. Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 566 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
567
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
2. Remove the kit.
3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 567 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
568
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.
2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.
3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Injecting Sealant and Air
1Injecting Sealant and Air
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.
3
CAUTION
Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled, ingested or if contact is
made with the eyes or skin.
Always use in a well-ventilated area and
use gloves and safety glasses for protection;
do not ingest.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water; if ingested, rinse mouth with water.
In all cases, seek medical attention if
necessary.
Tire Valve Stem
Valve Cap
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 568 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
569
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
5. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 69
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR
*1
,
SEALANT/AIR
*2
, PRODUIT ANTIFUITE/
AIR
*2
.
*1: U.S. models
*2: Canadian models
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 569 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
570
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete
continue to add air.
8.
After the air pressure reaches front: 35 psi
(240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230 kPa), turn off
the kit.
After the air pressure reaches front: 33 psi
(230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220 kPa), turn off
the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor, and read the
gauge.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
ON
OFF
Pressure Gauge
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
1Injecting Sealant and Air
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Sealant/Air
Hose
Tire Valve Stem
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 570 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
571
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
Pressure Relief Button
Repair Notification Label
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 571 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
572
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 572 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
573
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR
*1
, AIR
ONLY
*2
, AIR SEULEMENT
*2
.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 577
*1: U.S. models
*2: Canadian models
Sealant/Air Hose
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 573 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
574
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
6. If the air pressure is
• Less than 25 psi (175 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The
leak is too severe. Call for help and have
your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 603
• Front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230
kPa) or more:
• Front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220
kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station, whichever is sooner. Do not
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). If you have not
reached a service station after 10 minutes,
stop in a safe place and check the tire
pressure.
u If the air pressure does not go down
after the 10 minute driving, you do not
need to check the pressure any more.
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 574 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
575
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than front: 35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi
(230 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches to front:
35 psi (240 kPa)/rear: 33 psi (230 kPa).
• Greater than 25 psi (175 kPa), but less
than front: 33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi
(220 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the
tire until the tire pressure reaches to front:
33 psi (230 kPa)/rear: 32 psi (220 kPa).
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 577
Then, drive carefully for 10 more minutes
or until you reach the nearest service
station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u You should repeat this procedure as
long as the air pressure is within this
range.
Models with P215/45R17 87V tires
Models with 225/40R18 92V tires
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 575 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
576
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
7. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
8. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
9. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
10. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 576 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
577
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 566
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the tire to inflated, away from traffic. Do
not place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Cap
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 577 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
578
Handling the Unexpected
7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
8. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 69
9. Turn the selector knob to AIR
*1
, AIR
ONLY
*2
, AIR SEULEMENT
*2
.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.
*1: U.S. models
*2: Canadian models
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid buildup of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 578 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
579
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.
Pressure Relief Button
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 579 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
580
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Put the transmission into
(P.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).
Models with a compact spare tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
Do not mount the compact spare on the front. If
mounted on the front, the compact spare, smaller in
size than the full-size tire, may damage the
differential.
If either front tire goes flat, remove the rear tire on
the same side, and mount the compact spare on the
rear and the rear tire on the front.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 580 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
581
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.
4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1Changing a Flat Tire
NOTICE
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
1Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
The shape of the tool case varies by model.
Spare Tire Tool Case
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 581 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
582
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 582 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
583
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
•
Do not use while the engine is running.
•
Use only where the ground is firm and level.
•
Use only at the jacking points.
•
Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
•
Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.
Jacking Points
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 583 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
584
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 584 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
585
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the spare tire
well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case. Store the case in the
trunk.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Center Cap
Spacer
Cone
Wing Bolt
For full-size
tire
For compact
spare tire
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 585 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
586
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor Problem will appear on the multi-information display and the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal
and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the
multi-information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after
a few miles (kilometers).
■
TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
1TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the tire valve stem.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 586 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
587
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the multi-information display.
●
If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak P. 588
uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 139
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
●
If the interior lights do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 551
●
If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 600
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with a
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 432
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 132
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 92
Check the fuses.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 602
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 603
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 If the Battery Is Dead P. 590
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 587 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
588
uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Keyless Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the multi-information display, and the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the A logo on the keyless
remote while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is flashing. The buttons on the
keyless remote should be facing you.
u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 588 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
589
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, put the transmission into
(P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine
to be turned off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 589 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
590
Handling the Unexpected
If the Battery Is Dead
Jump Starting Procedure
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle's battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the assisting vehicle's + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15-
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
assisting vehicle's - terminal.
1If the Battery Is Dead
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Be careful
not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable
ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 590 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Continued
591
uuIf the Battery Is DeaduJump Starting Procedure
Handling the Unexpected
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle's engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle's engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
1If the Battery Is Dead
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 591 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
592
uuIf the Battery Is DeaduJump Starting Procedure
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle's engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle's battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 592 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
593
Handling the Unexpected
Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless
remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flat-
tip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.
4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button, and place the shift
lever into
(N.
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
■
Releasing the Lock
Cover
Slot
Release Button
Shift Lock Release Slot
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 593 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
594
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• The Engine Temperature Too Hot. message appears on the multi-information
display.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■
First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then, open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
needle at the mark may damage the engine.
Continuing to drive with the Engine Temperature
Too Hot. message on the multi-information display
may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 594 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
595
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■
Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge needle goes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■
Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 595 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
596
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■
What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■
What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for approximately one minute.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 527
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Immediately stop
the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the charging system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 596 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
597
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■
What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
■
The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.
■
What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.
■
When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described
above.
■
Check/Tighten Fuel Cap Message
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 597 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
598
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator
come on simultaneously, the electronic brake
distribution system is not working. This can result in
vehicle instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If both red and amber brake system indicators come
on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it
inspected by a dealer immediately.
U.S.
Canada
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 598 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
599
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■
Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
If the compact spare tire
*
is installed, the indicator will either come on or
it will first blink for about one minute, then stay on.
■
What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
If the compact spare tire
*
causes the indicator to come on, change the
tire to a full-size tire.
■
What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to first blink, and then stay on, change the
tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles
(kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 599 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
600
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
Tab
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
EPS 70 A
− −
ABS/VSA FSR 30 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
WIPER 30 A
Main Fuse 120 A
2
IG Main 50 A
Fuse Box Main 60 A
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A
Headlight Main 30 A
ST/MG SW 30 A
Rear Defogger 30 A
IG Main1 30 A
Blower 40 A
IG Main2 30 A
Sub Fan Motor 20 A
Main Fan Motor 20 A
3
− −
− −
− −
− −
4− −
5 Starter DIAG 7.5 A
6− −
7 − −
8− −
9 − −
10 − −
11 Oil Level 7.5 A
12 Fog Lights
*
(20 A)
13 Injector 20 A
14 Hazard 10 A
15 FI Sub 15 A
16 IG Coil 15 A
17 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
18 Stop & Horn 10 A
19 − −
20 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
21 IGP 15 A
22 DBW 15 A
23 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
24 − −
25 MG Clutch 7.5 A
26 Washer 15 A
27 Small 20 A
28 Interior Lights 7.5 A
29 Backup 10 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 600 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
601
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Circuit protected and fuse rating
■
Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2 ACG 15 A
3 SRS 10 A
4 Fuel Pump 15 A
5 Meter 7.5 A
6 Power Window 7.5 A
7 VB SOL 7.5 A
8
Right Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
15 A
9
Left Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
15 A
10 Audio
*
(15 A)
11 Moonroof 20 A
12 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding (20 A)
13
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
(20 A)
14 Seat Heaters (20 A)
15
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
10 A
16
Passenger’s Power Seat
Sliding
*
(20 A)
17
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
18 Driver’s Power Lumbar 10 A
19 Accessory 7.5 A
20 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A
21 Daytime Running Lights 7.5 A
22 HAC 7.5 A
23 − −
24 ABS/VSA 7.5 A
25 ACC 7.5 A
26 − −
27 Accessory Power Socket 20 A
28 − −
29 ODS 7.5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
*1:Model with Navigation system
30
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
10 A
31 SMART 10 A
32
Right Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
15 A
33
Left Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
15 A
34 Small Lights 7.5 A
35 Illumination 7.5 A
36 − −
37 Premium Audio
*
(30 A)
*1
(20 A)
*
38 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
39 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
40 − −
41 Door Lock 20 A
42 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
43
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
44
Front Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
45
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
20 A
46 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 601 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
602
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 600
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Combined
Fuse
Blown Fuse
Fuse Puller
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 602 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
603
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■
Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.
■
Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle's weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 603 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
604
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 604 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
This page intentionally left blank.
605
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle's specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 606
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 608
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 609
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 610
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 611
Warranty Coverages ........................ 613
Authorized Manuals......................... 616
Client Service Information ............... 617
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 605 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
606
Information
Specifications
■
Vehicle Specifications
■
Air Conditioning
Model ILX
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 3
Total 5
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 17.1 – 18.9 oz (485 – 535 g)
Lubricant Type SE-A1 (POE)
Quantity 4.88 – 5.49 cu-in (80 – 90 cm
3
)
■
Engine Specifications
■
Fuel
■
Washer Fluid
Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs
NGK
DILKAR7G11GS
DILKAR7H11GS
DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S
Type
Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane
number of 91 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 13.2 US gal (50 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 5.12 US qt (4.85 L)
■
Light Bulbs
Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED
Fog Lights
*
LED
Front Turn Signal Lights LED
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
Front Side Marker Lights LED
Brake Lights LED
Rear Side Marker Lights LED
Back-Up Lights 16 W
Taillights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W (Amber)
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light 5 W
Interior Lights
Map Lights LED
Ceiling Light 8 W
Ambient Lights LED
Foot Lights 1.4 W
Glove Box Light LED
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W
Trunk Light 5 W
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 606 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
607
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■
Brake Fluid
■
Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid
Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0
Capacity Change 4.1 US qt (3.9 L)
■
Engine Oil
■
Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 4.4 US qt (4.2 L)
Change
including
filter
4.6 US qt (4.4 L)
Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.71 US gal (6.49 L)
(change including the remaining
0.166 US gal (0.63 L) in the reserve tank)
■
Tire
*1: Vehicle with 18 inch wheel
*2: Vehicle with 17 inch wheel
*3: Vehicle with optional spare tire
Regular
Size
225/40R18 92V
*1
P215/45R17 87V
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
Front
33 (230 [2.3])
*1
35 (240 [2.4])
*2
Rear
32 (220 [2.2])
*1
33 (230 [2.3])
*2
Compact
Spare
*3
Size T135/70D17 92M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
18 x 7 1/2J
*1
17 x 7J
*2
Compact Spare
*3
17 x 4T
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 607 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
608
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows.
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Cover
Vehicle Identification Number
Engine Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number
Dual Clutch Transmission
Nu
mb
e
r
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 608 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
609
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 609 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
610
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 610 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
611
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness code as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 611 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
612
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Do not use cruise control
and perform the following when traffic allows. When stopped before entering
the highway, use paddle shifters. During acceleration up to speed, target 5,500
to 6,500 engine rpm continuously for at least 10 seconds. Then shift to
(D range
and drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed
may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds
because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two
more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 612 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
613
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■
U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty.
Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please
read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 613 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
614
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■
Statement on Warranty Coverage for Aftermarket and Recycled Parts
The Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. s.2301 et seq., makes it illegal for
motor vehicle manufacturers to void a motor vehicle warranty or deny warranty
coverage solely because an aftermarket or recycled part has been used to repair the
vehicle or someone other than the authorized service provider performed service on
the vehicle.
This provision does not apply to a new motor vehicle purchased solely for
commercial or industrial use.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 614 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
615
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Under federal law, a manufacturer may deny warranty coverage and charge for
repairs to a vehicle if it is discovered that an aftermarket or recycled part installed on
the vehicle is defective or was installed incorrectly and caused damage to another
part of the vehicle otherwise covered under warranty.
The Federal Trade Commission requires that a manufacturer demonstrate that an
aftermarket or recycled part or service performed by a person other than an
authorized service provider caused damage to another part of the vehicle otherwise
covered under warranty before denying warranty coverage.
Additionally, federal law allows a manufacturer to void a motor vehicle warranty or
deny warranty coverage if the manufacturer provides the article or service to
consumers free of charge under the warranty or the manufacturer has secured a
waiver from the Federal Trade Commission.
■
Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■
EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director,
Light-Duty Vehicle Center,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Attention: Warranty Claim
2000 Traverwood Drive,
Ann Arbor, MI 48105;
[email protected]
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 615 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
616
Information
Authorized Manuals
■
Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.acura.com for pricing and options.
■
For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■
For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 616 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
617
Continued
Information
Client Service Information
Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Acura Client
Relations/Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Acura Client Relations
Mail Stop CHI-4
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 382-2238
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Acura Client Services
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Client Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
•
Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 608
•
Date of purchase
•
Odometer reading of your vehicle
•
Your name, address, and telephone number
•
A detailed description of the problem
•
Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 617 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
618
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Music recognition technology and related
data are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry standard in music
recognition technology and related content
delivery.
For more information, visit
www.gracenote.com.
When music is recorded to the HDD from a
CD, information such as the recording artist
and track name are retrieved from the
Gracenote Database and displayed (when
available).
Gracenote may not contain information for
all albums.
Gracenote is an internet-based music
recognition service that allows artist, album,
and track information from CDs to display
on the HDD.
Gracenote users are allowed 4 free updates
a year. More information about Gracenote,
its features, and downloads are available at
■
Gracenote Music Recognition
Service (CDDB)
*
www.acura.com (in U.S.) or www.acura.ca
(in Canada).
CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote
apply to this product and service. See the
Gracenote website for a non-exhaustive list
of applicable Gracenote patents.
Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS,
the Gracenote logo and logotype, and the
“Powered by Gracenote” logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of
Gracenote in the United States and/or other
countries.
This application or device contains software
from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville,
California (“Gracenote”). The software
from Gracenote (the “Gracenote
Software”) enables this application to
perform disc and/or file identification and
obtain music- related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
(“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
■
Gracenote® END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT
*
embedded databases (collectively,
“Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote Data
only by means of the intended End-User
functions or this application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal non-
commercial use only.
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any
Gracenote Data to any third party.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to
use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will
terminate if you violate these restrictions. If
your license terminates, you agree to cease
any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 618 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
619
uuClient Service Informationu
Continued
Information
Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide.
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce
its rights under this Agreement against you
directly in its own name.
The Gracenote service uses a unique
identifier to track queries for statistical
purposes. The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to allow the
Gracenote service to count queries without
knowing anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote
service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of
Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or
warranties, express or implied, regarding
the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in
the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves
the right to delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data categories for any
cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No
warranty is made that the Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers are error-
free or that functioning of Gracenote
Software or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to provide you
with new enhanced or additional data types
or categories that Gracenote may provide in
the future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES
NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote 2009
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 619 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
620
uuClient Service Informationu
Information
Requirements to access Pandora®
• Latest version of the Pandora app
installed on your Android, Blackberry, or
iPhone.
• Registered Pandora account (you can
create a free account at
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/> or on your
smartphone)
• Connection to the internet via Wi-Fi or
cellular data network.
■
Disclaimer of Pandora®
*
Limitations
• Access to Pandora requires an active
internet connection
• Ability to access Pandora through this
system is subject to change without
notice
• Certain functionality of Pandora service is
not available when accessing the service
through this system including, but not
limited to, creating new stations, deleting
stations, emailing current stations,
buying tracks, viewing additional text
information, logging in to Pandora, and
adjusting Cell Network Audio Quality.
Pandora internet radio is a music service
not affiliated with HONDA. More
information is available at http://
www.pandora.com <http://
www.pandora.com/>. Pandora, the
Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used
with permission.
• Mobile access requires a smartphone
with an active data plan. Standard data
rates may apply.
• Pandora is only available in the United
States.
* Not available on all models
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 620 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
Index
621
Index
Index
A
AAC................................................... 239, 264
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 501
Accessories and Modifications ................ 561
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 173
AcuraLink ................................................. 416
AcuraWatch
TM
.................................... 22, 452
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).......... 80, 466
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 531
Engine Oil ............................................... 526
Washer ................................................... 534
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 526
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 167
Front Seats.............................................. 158
Head Restraints....................................... 162
Mirrors.................................................... 156
Rear Seat ................................................ 166
Steering Wheel ....................................... 153
Temperature ............................................. 96
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 175
Changing the Mode................................ 175
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 176
Maintenance........................................... 554
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 175
Sensors ................................................... 178
Synchronization Mode ............................ 177
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 175
Air Pressure ....................................... 543, 607
Airbags ........................................................ 41
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 47
After a Collision......................................... 44
Airbag Care............................................... 55
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 44
Indicator.............................................. 52, 76
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 53
Sensors...................................................... 41
Side Airbags .............................................. 49
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 51
AM/FM Radio .................................... 194, 225
Android Auto............................................ 275
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 501
Indicator.................................................... 75
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 270
Armrest ..................................................... 167
Audio Remote Controls............................ 185
Audio System ............................................ 180
Adjusting the Sound........................ 192, 220
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 183
Bluetooth® Audio ............................ 208, 267
CD .................................................. 196, 239
Display Setup................................... 193, 221
Error Messages ........................................ 280
General Information ................................ 291
HDD ........................................................ 242
iPhone............................................. 262, 294
iPod................................................. 199, 255
MP3/WMA/AAC ...................... 205, 239, 264
Pandora® ....................................... 202, 262
Reactivating ............................................ 184
Recommended CDs................................. 292
Recommended Devices............................ 294
Security Code.......................................... 184
Siri Eyes Free ........................................... 269
SiriusXM® Radio ...................................... 228
Song By Voice
TM
(SBV) ............................. 258
Theft Protection ...................................... 184
USB Adapter Cable.................................. 181
USB Flash Drives...................... 205, 264, 295
USB Port.................................................. 182
Audio/Information Screen ....................... 188
Authorized Manuals ................................ 616
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 127
Customize....................................... 105, 329
Auto High-Beam....................................... 147
Automatic Lighting .................................. 144
Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 183
Average Fuel Economy .............................. 96
Average Speed ........................................... 97
B
Battery ...................................................... 551
Charging System Indicator................. 74, 596
If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 590
Maintenance (Checking the Battery)........ 551
Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 552
Belts (Seat).................................................. 34
Beverage Holders ..................................... 172
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 621 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
622
Index
Blind spot information System ................ 445
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 208, 267
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ........... 345, 374
Booster Seats (For Children)....................... 68
Brake System............................................. 499
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 501
Brake Assist System ................................. 502
Fluid ........................................................ 534
Foot Brake ............................................... 500
Indicator............................................ 72, 598
Parking Brake .......................................... 499
Brake System (Amber)
Indicator.................................................... 72
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 152
Built-in Key................................................ 113
Bulb Replacement..................................... 535
Back-Up Light .......................................... 538
Fog Lights................................................ 535
Front Turn Signal, Parking/Daytime
Running and Front Side Marker Lights.... 535
Headlights ............................................... 535
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 539
Rear License Plate Light............................ 539
Rear Turn Signal Light.............................. 536
Taillights, Brake and Rear Side Marker
Lights..................................................... 536
Bulb Specifications.................................... 606
C
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 69
Carrying Cargo ................................. 427, 429
CD Player........................................... 196, 239
Center Pocket ........................................... 171
Certification Label.................................... 608
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 535
Charging System Indicator................. 74, 596
Child Safety................................................. 56
Childproof Door Locks............................. 126
Child Seat.................................................... 56
Booster Seats ............................................ 68
Child Seat for Infants................................. 58
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 59
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 63
Larger Children ......................................... 67
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 58
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 60
Using a Tether........................................... 65
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 126
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 558
Cleaning the Interior................................ 555
Client Service Information ....................... 617
Climate Control System............................ 175
Changing the Mode ................................ 175
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 176
Maintenance ........................................... 554
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 175
Sensors ................................................... 178
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 175
Clock.......................................................... 110
CMBS
TM
(Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
) ................................................ 455
Coat Hook ................................................ 173
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) ................................................. 455
Compact Spare Tire.......................... 580, 607
Compass...................................................... 97
Console Compartment............................. 170
Controls .................................................... 109
Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 531
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 532
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 531
Overheating............................................ 594
Creeping ................................................... 438
Cross Traffic Monitor ............................... 505
Cup Holders.............................................. 172
Customized Features ................. 99, 310, 316
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 146
Dead Battery ............................................ 590
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows................................................. 176
Devices that Emit Radio Waves............... 609
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 143
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 156
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 527
Directional Signals (Turn Signal)............. 142
Door Mirrors............................................. 157
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 622 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
623
Index
Doors ........................................................ 112
Auto Door Locking.................................. 127
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 127
Door Open Indicator ................................. 33
Door Open Message ................................. 87
Keys........................................................ 112
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .................................................... 124
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ................................................. 115
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 122
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 545
Driving ...................................................... 425
Braking ................................................... 499
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 438
Shifting Gear .......................................... 439
Starting the Engine ................................. 432
Driving Position Memory System ............ 154
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 438
Creeping................................................. 438
Fluid ............................................... 533, 607
Kickdown ............................................... 438
Operating the Shift Lever .................. 20, 439
Shift Lever Does Not Move...................... 593
Shifting................................................... 439
E
Elapsed Time .............................................. 97
Electric Power Steering System (EPS)
Indicator ........................................... 76, 598
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 443
Emergency ................................................ 603
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 611
Engine ....................................................... 608
Coolant ................................................... 531
If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 590
Oil ........................................................... 526
Remote Engine Start................................ 434
Starting ................................................... 432
Switch Buzzer.......................................... 139
Engine Coolant ......................................... 531
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 532
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 531
Overheating ............................................ 594
Temperature Gauge .................................. 92
Engine Oil ................................................. 526
Adding .................................................... 528
Checking................................................. 527
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 520
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 73, 596
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 526
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 139
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 76, 598
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 69
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 558
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 157
F
Features..................................................... 179
Filters
Oil........................................................... 529
Flat Tire..................................................... 565
Floor Mats................................................. 556
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 534
Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 533
Engine Coolant ....................................... 531
Windshield Washer ................................. 534
Fog Light Indicator..................................... 78
Folding Down the Rear Seat.................... 166
Foot Brake ................................................ 500
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 44
Front Seats................................................ 158
Adjusting ................................................ 158
Front Sensor Camera................................ 496
Fuel...................................................... 21, 510
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions ............ 513
Gauge....................................................... 92
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 97
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 75
Range ....................................................... 97
Recommendation .................................... 510
Refueling................................................. 510
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions ............ 513
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 21, 511
Message.................................................. 597
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 21, 511
Fuses.......................................................... 600
Inspecting and Changing......................... 602
Locations......................................... 600, 601
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 623 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
624
Index
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 513
Gauge ....................................................... 92
Information ............................................. 510
Instant Fuel Economy................................. 97
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 75
Refueling................................................. 510
Gauges......................................................... 92
Gear Position Indicator............................... 73
Glass (care) ................................................ 559
Glove Box .................................................. 170
H
Handling the Unexpected ........................ 563
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 345, 374
Auto Answer ........................................... 391
Automatic Import of Cellular
Phonebook and Call History ........... 361, 393
Automatic Transferring .................... 359, 391
Caller’s ID Information ............................. 359
Displaying Messages........................ 370, 411
HFL Buttons ..................................... 345, 374
HFL Menus ...................................... 347, 377
HFL Status Display............................ 346, 375
Limitations for Manual Operation .... 346, 376
Making a Call .................................. 364, 402
Options During a Call ...................... 368, 408
Phone Setup .................................... 352, 382
Phonebook Phonetic Modification ........... 397
Receiving a Call ............................... 367, 407
Receiving a Text Message ........................ 369
Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 409
Ring Tone................................................ 392
Roadside Assistance ................................ 415
Selecting a Text/E-mail Message
Account ................................................ 410
Speed Dial....................................... 362, 394
Text Message .................................. 357, 369
To Clear the System ................................ 360
To Create a Security PIN .................. 358, 389
To Set Up a Text Message Notice
Option................................................... 357
To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message
Option................................................... 387
Use Contact Photo .................................. 392
Hard Disk Drive (HDD) Audio .................. 242
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 6
Head Restraints ........................................ 162
Headlights................................................. 143
Auto High-Beam System.......................... 147
Automatic Operation............................... 144
Dimming ......................................... 143, 146
Operating................................................ 143
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 174
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)....................... 345, 374
High-Beam Indicator .................................. 78
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 436
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 342
Honda App License Agreement .............. 296
I
Identification Numbers............................ 608
Engine and Transmission......................... 608
Vehicle Identification............................... 608
Illumination Control ................................ 152
Knob ...................................................... 152
Immobilizer System.................................. 132
Indicator ................................................... 79
Indicators.................................................... 72
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC).... 80, 81, 466
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 75
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 78
Blind spot information System........... 83, 446
Brake System (Amber)............................... 72
Brake System (Red) ........................... 72, 598
Charging System............................... 74, 596
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) .......................................... 83, 84
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................ 76, 598
Fog Light .................................................. 78
Gear Position ............................................ 73
High Beam................................................ 78
Immobilizer System ................................... 79
Keyless Access System............................... 79
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ... 82, 484
Lights On .................................................. 78
Low Fuel ................................................... 75
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 73, 596
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS .... 77, 448, 450, 599
Maintenance Minder............................... 519
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 624 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
625
Index
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 74, 597
Parking Brake and Brake System ....... 72, 598
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 80
Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 35, 75
Security System Alarm............................... 79
Sequential mode..................................... 442
Shift Lever Position.................................... 73
Supplemental Restraint System ........... 52, 76
System Message ....................................... 77
Transmission System ................................. 73
Turn Signal ............................................... 78
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®)
System ............................................ 76, 443
VSA® OFF.......................................... 77, 444
Information .............................................. 605
Information Screen .................................. 215
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 97
Instrument Panel........................................ 71
Brightness Control .................................. 152
Interface Dial............................................ 210
Interior Lights........................................... 168
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 156
iPhone............................................... 262, 294
iPod................................................... 199, 255
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 583
Jump Starting........................................... 590
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 114
Keyless Access System............................... 115
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 122
Keys ........................................................... 112
Lockout Prevention.................................. 122
Number Tag ............................................ 114
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 126
Remote Transmitter ................................. 120
Two-way Keyless Access Remote ..... 123, 434
Types and Functions ................................ 112
Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) ..... 438
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 481
LATCH (Child Seats) .................................... 61
License information.................................. 309
Lights................................................. 143, 535
Automatic ............................................... 144
Bulb Replacement.................................... 535
Daytime Running Lights........................... 146
Fog Lights................................................ 146
High-Beam Indicator.................................. 78
Interior .................................................... 168
Light Switches ......................................... 143
Lights On Indicator .................................... 78
Turn Signals............................................. 142
Limitations for Manual Operation .. 346, 376
Load Limits................................................ 429
Locking/Unlocking.................................... 112
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking.................. 127
Childproof Door Locks............................. 126
From Inside ............................................. 124
From Outside .......................................... 115
Keys........................................................ 112
Using a Key ............................................. 121
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 122
Low Battery Charge ................................. 596
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 75
Low Keyless Access Remote Signal
Strength .................................................. 114
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 596
Lower Anchors............................................ 61
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 429
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 625 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
626
Index
M
Maintenance............................................. 515
Battery..................................................... 551
Brake Fluid............................................... 534
Cleaning.................................................. 555
Climate Control System ........................... 554
Coolant ................................................... 531
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 519
Oil ........................................................... 527
Precautions.............................................. 516
Radiator................................................... 532
Remote Transmitter ................................. 552
Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 535
Safety...................................................... 517
Service Items............................................ 522
Tires ........................................................ 542
Transmission Fluid.................................... 533
Under the Hood....................................... 524
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 74, 597
Map Lights ................................................ 169
Maximum Load Limit................................ 429
Meters, Gauges........................................... 92
Mirrors....................................................... 156
Adjusting................................................. 156
Door........................................................ 157
Exterior.................................................... 157
Interior Rearview...................................... 156
Modifications (and Accessories)............... 561
Moonroof.................................................. 138
MP3.................................... 196, 205, 239, 264
Multi-Information Display.......................... 93
Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 508
N
Numbers (Identification).......................... 608
O
Odometer ................................................... 96
Oil (Engine)............................................... 526
Adding.................................................... 528
Checking................................................. 527
Displaying Oil Life.................................... 520
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 73, 596
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 526
Viscosity .................................................. 526
On Demand Multi-Use Display
TM
............. 211
Open Source Licenses............................... 308
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 525
Moonroof ............................................... 138
Power Windows ...................................... 135
Trunk ...................................................... 128
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel ....................................... 139
Outside Temperature................................. 96
Adjusting .................................................. 96
Overheating.............................................. 594
P
Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode)............ 20
Pandora® ......................................... 202, 262
Panic Mode............................................... 134
Parking ..................................................... 503
Parking Brake........................................... 499
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator ........................................... 72, 598
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator................. 53
Passing Indicators..................................... 143
Power Windows ....................................... 135
Precautions While Driving....................... 437
Rain ........................................................ 437
Pregnant Women....................................... 39
Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 565
R
Radar Sensor ............................................ 498
Radiator.................................................... 532
Radio (AM/FM) ................................. 194, 225
Radio (SiriusXM®)..................................... 228
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 195, 226
Range.......................................................... 97
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 195, 226
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ...... 611
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button..................................................... 153
Rear Seat (Folding Down) ....................... 166
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 156
Refueling .................................................. 510
Fuel Gauge ............................................... 92
Gasoline ......................................... 510, 606
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 626 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
627
Index
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 75
Regulations .............................. 450, 545, 609
Remote Engine Start................................ 434
Remote Transmitter................................. 120
Replacement
Battery.................................................... 552
Bulbs ...................................................... 535
Fuses .............................................. 600, 601
Tires........................................................ 548
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 540
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 610
Resetting a Trip Meter............................... 96
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 491
On and Off ............................................. 493
S
Safe Driving................................................ 29
Safety Labels .............................................. 70
Safety Message ............................................ 3
Seat Belts .................................................... 34
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 38
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 36
Checking .................................................. 40
Fastening .................................................. 37
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 63
Pregnant Women...................................... 39
Reminder .................................................. 35
Warning Indicator ............................... 35, 75
Seat Heaters ............................................. 174
Seats .......................................................... 158
Adjusting................................................. 158
Front Seats .............................................. 158
Rear Seat................................................. 166
Seat Heaters ............................................ 174
Security System ......................................... 132
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 79
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 79
Select Lever ......................................... 20, 439
Operation .......................................... 20, 440
Releasing................................................. 593
Won’t Move ............................................ 593
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 60
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 187
Sequential Mode ...................................... 441
Sequential Mode Operation .................... 442
Setting the Clock ...................................... 110
Shift Lever ........................................... 20, 439
Shift Lever Position Indicator............. 73, 440
Shift Lever Positions ................................. 439
Shifting (Transmission)............................. 439
Shoulder Anchor......................................... 38
Side Airbags ................................................ 49
Side Curtain Airbags................................... 51
SiriusXM® Radio........................................ 228
SMS Text Message ............................ 357, 369
Snow Tires................................................. 550
Spare Tire .................................................. 607
Spark Plugs................................................ 606
Specifications ............................................ 606
Specified Fuel.................................... 510, 606
SRS Airbags (Airbags)................................. 44
Starting the Engine.................................. 432
Does Not Start......................................... 587
Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 139
If the Battery Is Dead ............................... 590
Remote Engine Start................................ 434
Steering Wheel......................................... 153
Adjusting ................................................ 153
Stopping ................................................... 503
Summer Tires ............................................ 550
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)........ 44
Switches (Around the Steering Wheel)... 6, 7
Synchronization Mode............................. 177
System Message Indicator.......................... 77
T
Temperature Sensor................................. 178
Temporary Tire Repair Kit ....................... 566
Text Message.................... 357, 369, 409, 411
Time (Setting) ........................................... 110
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 448
Indicator............................................ 77, 599
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 627 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
628
Index
Tires ........................................................... 542
Air Pressure ..................................... 543, 607
Checking and Maintaining....................... 542
Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 565
Inspection................................................ 542
Labeling................................................... 543
Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 565
Regulations.............................................. 545
Rotation .................................................. 549
Spare Tire ................................................ 607
Summer................................................... 550
Temporary Tire Repair Kit......................... 566
Tire Chains .............................................. 550
Wear Indicators ....................................... 547
Winter..................................................... 550
Tools .......................................................... 564
Towing a Trailer........................................ 431
Towing Behind a Motorhome ................. 431
Emergency............................................... 603
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 448
Transmission.............................................. 439
Automatic ............................................... 439
Fluid ........................................................ 533
Gear Position Indicator............................... 73
Number................................................... 608
Sequential Mode ..................................... 441
Shift Lever Position Indicator .................... 440
Trip Meter ................................................... 96
Troubleshooting ....................................... 563
Blown Fuse...................................... 600, 601
Brake Pedal Vibrates.................................. 25
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 26
Emergency Towing.................................. 603
Engine Won’t Start.................................. 587
Flat Tire/Puncture .................................... 565
Noise When Braking.................................. 26
Overheating ............................................ 594
Premium Gasoline ........................... 510, 606
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 565
Rear Door Won’t Open...................... 25, 126
Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 593
Warning Indicators .................................... 72
Trunk......................................................... 128
Lid........................................................... 128
Light Bulb................................................ 606
Open Message .......................................... 87
Turn Signals .............................................. 142
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 78
Turn-by-Turn Directions............................. 97
Two-way Keyless Access Remote..... 123, 434
U
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 115
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ................................................. 14, 124
USB Adapter Cable........................... 180, 181
USB Flash Drives ....................................... 295
USB Port.................................................... 182
Using the Keyless Access System ............. 115
V
Vanity Mirrors .............................................. 9
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 608
Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
(VSA®) .............. 443
Off Button .............................................. 444
Off Indicator ............................................. 77
System Indicator ....................................... 76
Viscosity (Oil).................................... 526, 607
Voice Control Operation ......................... 222
Voice Portal Screen ................................. 223
Voice Recognition ................................... 222
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist
TM
) .............. 443
W
Wallpaper................................................. 218
Wallpaper Setup ...................................... 190
Warning and Information Messages ........ 85
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 596
Warning Labels .......................................... 70
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 613
Watts ........................................................ 606
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 547
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)........... 583
Window Washers ..................................... 150
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 534
Switch .................................................... 150
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 135
Windshield ............................................... 150
Cleaning ................................................. 559
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 628 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
629
Index
Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 176
Washer Fluid........................................... 534
Wiper Blades........................................... 540
Wipers and Washers ............................... 150
Winter Tires.............................................. 550
Snow Tires .............................................. 550
Tire Chains.............................................. 550
Wipers and Washers ................................ 150
Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 540
WMA................................. 196, 205, 239, 264
Worn Tires ................................................ 542
22 ACURA ILX-31TX66910.book 629 ページ ２０２３年３月８日　水曜日　午後７時２７分
© 2023 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
Printed in the U.S.A.
mygarage.acura.com (U.S.A.)
acura.ca (Canada)
31TX6691
OM-22035
00X31-TX6-6910
2022 Acura ILX Owner’s Manual